WO2016042977A1 - Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, inkjet printing method, and azo compound - Google Patents

Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, inkjet printing method, and azo compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016042977A1
WO2016042977A1 PCT/JP2015/073619 JP2015073619W WO2016042977A1 WO 2016042977 A1 WO2016042977 A1 WO 2016042977A1 JP 2015073619 W JP2015073619 W JP 2015073619W WO 2016042977 A1 WO2016042977 A1 WO 2016042977A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
ink
general formula
substituent
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/073619
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慎也 林
隆史 飯泉
立石 桂一
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2016042977A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016042977A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B31/00Disazo and polyazo dyes of the type A->B->C, A->B->C->D, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B31/02Disazo dyes
    • C09B31/12Disazo dyes from other coupling components "C"
    • C09B31/14Heterocyclic components
    • C09B31/153Heterocyclic components containing a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero-atom

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an ink composition, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, and an azo compound.
  • Ink jet recording methods are rapidly spreading and further developed because of low material costs, high speed recording, low noise during recording, and easy color recording.
  • Inkjet recording methods include a continuous method in which droplets are continuously ejected and an on-demand method in which droplets are ejected in accordance with image information signals.
  • There are a method of discharging bubbles a method of generating bubbles in the ink by heat and discharging droplets, a method of using ultrasonic waves, and a method of sucking and discharging droplets by electrostatic force.
  • the ink for ink jet recording water-based ink, oil-based ink, or solid (melted type) ink is used.
  • Patent Document 4 discloses an ink jet recording method in which an ozone fading preventing agent is contained in a recording medium from the viewpoint of preventing fading due to ozone.
  • the present invention is an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in ozone resistance (particularly initial ozone resistance), small in color change, and excellent in light resistance, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, And an azo compound.
  • the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by using a specific disazo dye in which a group capable of reacting with ozone is bonded to a chromophore through a linking group. That is, the present invention relates to the following matters.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ⁇ .
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
  • L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
  • * represents a bond with a phenyl group
  • ** represents a bond with L 2 .
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 2 represents a linking group.
  • n represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
  • m represents 1 or 2.
  • Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • G in formula (2) in, L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3, m, and M is G in formula (1), L 1, L 2, n, L 3, R 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  • the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (3), any one of [1] to [5] Ink composition.
  • G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R 3 , m, and M are G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R in the general formula (1).
  • 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ⁇ .
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
  • L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
  • * represents a bond with a phenyl group
  • ** represents a bond with L 2 .
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 2 represents a linking group.
  • n represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
  • m represents 1 or 2.
  • Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
  • an ink composition, ink jet recording ink, and ink jet recording that can form an image having excellent ozone resistance (particularly, initial ozone resistance), small color change, and excellent light resistance.
  • Methods and azo compounds can be provided.
  • the present invention is described in detail below.
  • the substituent group A ′, the substituent group J, the ionic hydrophilic group, and Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value are defined.
  • (Substituent group A ′) Straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, straight chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms Or a branched alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl) , T-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl), halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom), aryl group (eg, phenyl
  • (Substituent group J) For example, halogen atom, alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group , Carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group , Mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or aryl
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and include cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, and tricyclo structures having many ring structures.
  • An alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group of an alkoxy group or an alkylthio group) in a substituent described below also represents such an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, an eicosyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyl group, A cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group and the like.
  • the bicycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Monovalent groups from which one hydrogen atom has been removed for example, bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl group, bicycl [2,2,2] octan-3-yl group.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, and the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
  • alkenyl group examples include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups, and include cycloalkenyl groups and bicycloalkenyl groups.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a prenyl group, a geranyl group, an oleyl group, and the like.
  • bicycloalkenyl group a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, That is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicycloalkene having one double bond, for example, bicyclo [2 2,1] hept-2-en-1-yl group, a bicyclo [2,2,2] oct-2-en-4-yl group and the like.
  • the alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, a trimethylsilylethynyl group, and the like.
  • the aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an m-chlorophenyl group, an o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and more preferably a carbon number.
  • Examples thereof include 3 to 30 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups such as a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-octyloxy group, or a 2-methoxyethoxy group. Etc.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-t-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2 -Tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group and the like.
  • silyloxy group examples include substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy group and diphenylmethylsilyloxy group.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group and a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
  • the acyloxy group is preferably a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetyloxy group, Examples include pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
  • the carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-diethylcarbamoyloxy group, morpholinocarbonyloxy group, N , N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy group, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy group and the like.
  • the alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, or an n-octylcarbonyloxy group. Etc.
  • aryloxycarbonyloxy group a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyloxy group, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, pn-hexadecyloxy is preferable. Examples include phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the amino group includes an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the substituted anilino group include a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, and a triazinylamino group.
  • the acylamino group is preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetylamino group, Examples include pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino group, and the like.
  • the aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group. And a morpholinocarbonylamino group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, or an n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group. Group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group and the like.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino group, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, mn-octyloxyphenoxy. Examples thereof include a carbonylamino group.
  • the sulfamoylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a sulfamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, Nn- Examples include octylaminosulfonylamino group.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonylamino group.
  • the alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an n-hexadecylthio group.
  • the arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, and an m-methoxyphenylthio group.
  • heterocyclic thio group examples include substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio group and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group.
  • the sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfuryl group.
  • Examples include a famoyl group, an N-acetylsulfamoyl group, an N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, and an N- (N′-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, phenyl. Examples thereof include a sulfinyl group and a p-methylphenylsulfinyl group.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, or a phenyl group. Examples thereof include a sulfonyl group and a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group.
  • the acyl group is preferably a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocyclic carbonyl groups bonded to carbonyl groups at substituted carbon atoms eg, acetyl, pivaloyl, 2-chloroacetyl, stearoyl, benzoyl, pn-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl, 2-pyridyl
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and a 2-furylcarbonyl group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, an m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, pt- A butylphenoxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, and an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group.
  • the carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, an N-methylcarbamoyl group, an N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, or an N, N-di-n-octyl group.
  • a carbamoyl group, an N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group, and the like can be given.
  • the aryl or heterocyclic azo group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylazo group, p-chlorophenylazo Group, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo group and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the imide group include an N-succinimide group and an N-phthalimide group.
  • the phosphino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group, and the like.
  • the phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, and the like.
  • the phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group.
  • the phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group or a dimethylaminophosphinylamino group.
  • silyl group examples include substituted or unsubstituted silyl groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyl group, a t-butyldimethylsilyl group, and a phenyldimethylsilyl group.
  • a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, a dihydroxyphosphino group, a quaternary ammonium group and the like can be mentioned. Particularly preferred are a sulfo group and a carboxyl group.
  • the carboxyl group, phosphono group and sulfo group may be in the form of a salt. Examples of counter cations that form a salt include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic.
  • Cation eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium
  • lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt is preferable
  • lithium salt or mixed salt containing lithium salt as a main component Are more preferred, and lithium salts are most preferred.
  • the counter cation (monovalent counter cation) of the ionic hydrophilic group contained in the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention preferably contains lithium ions as a main component.
  • the counter cations may not be all lithium ions, but the lithium ion concentration in each of the ink compositions is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total counter cations in each ink composition. Is 75% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more.
  • the ink composition contains hydrogen ions, alkali metal ions (for example, sodium ions and potassium ions), alkaline earth metal ions (for example, magnesium ions and calcium ions), 4 A quaternary ammonium ion, a quaternary phosphonium ion, a sulfonium ion, or the like can be included as a counter cation.
  • alkali metal ions for example, sodium ions and potassium ions
  • alkaline earth metal ions for example, magnesium ions and calcium ions
  • 4 A quaternary ammonium ion, a quaternary phosphonium ion, a sulfonium ion, or the like can be included as a counter cation.
  • a method of forming a colorant using a raw material and a synthetic intermediate and (4) a method of introducing an ionic hydrophilic group by functional group conversion of each colorant using a reactive agent whose counter cation is a lithium ion
  • a compound in which the counter cation of the ionic hydrophilic group in the colorant is a silver ion is synthesized, and this is reacted with a lithium halide solution to remove the precipitated silver halide.
  • the method of making it is described in which the counter cation of the ionic hydrophilic group in the colorant is a silver ion.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group in each colorant may be any as long as it is an ionic dissociation group.
  • Preferred ionic hydrophilic groups include a sulfo group (may be a salt), a carboxyl group (may be a salt), a hydroxyl group (may be a salt), a phosphono group (may be a salt), a quaternary ammonium group, and an acylsulfamoyl group. (May be a salt), a sulfonylcarbamoyl group (may be a salt), a sulfonylsulfamoyl group (may be a salt), and the like.
  • a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group is preferable.
  • a preferable counter cation is lithium or a mixed salt of an alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium), ammonium, and an organic cation (for example, pyridinium, tetramethylammonium, guanidinium) based on lithium.
  • lithium or an alkali metal mixed salt containing lithium as a main component is preferable, and a lithium salt of a sulfo group and a lithium salt of a carboxy group are particularly preferable.
  • Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value used in this specification will be described.
  • Hammett's rule is a method described in 1935 in order to quantitatively discuss the effect of substituents on the reaction or equilibrium of benzene derivatives.
  • Substituent constants determined by Hammett's rule include a ⁇ p value and a ⁇ m value, and these values can be found in many general books.
  • each substituent is limited or explained by Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p, but this means that it is limited to only a substituent having a value known in the literature, which can be found in the above-mentioned book. Needless to say, even if the value is unknown, it includes a substituent that would be included in the range when measured based on Hammett's rule.
  • the compound concerning this invention is not a benzene derivative, (sigma) p value is used as a scale which shows the electronic effect of a substituent irrespective of a substitution position. In the present invention, the ⁇ p value will be used in this sense.
  • the salt when the compound is a salt, the salt is dissociated into ions in the ink, but it is expressed as “contains a salt” for convenience.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
  • an aliphatic group means an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, and a substituted aralkyl group.
  • the aliphatic group may have a branch and may form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-16.
  • the aryl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl.
  • aliphatic groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, cyclohexyl groups, benzyl groups, 2-phenethyl Groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups.
  • the monovalent aromatic group means an aryl group and a substituted aryl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 16.
  • Examples of the monovalent aromatic group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl.
  • the divalent aromatic group is a divalent version of these monovalent aromatic groups.
  • Examples thereof include phenylene, p-tolylene, p-methoxyphenylene, o-chlorophenylene, and m- (3 -Sulfopropylamino) phenylene, naphthylene and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or another heterocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group, and N, O, and S can be exemplified as the hetero atom of the heterocyclic ring.
  • the substituent include aliphatic groups, halogen atoms, alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, acyl groups, acylamino groups, sulfamoyl groups, carbamoyl groups, ionic hydrophilic groups, and the like.
  • heterocyclic group examples include 2-pyridyl group, 2-thienyl group, 2-thiazolyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 2-benzoxazolyl group and 2-furyl group.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group is a group that has become a bond by removing a hydrogen atom from the monovalent heterocyclic ring.
  • the carbamoyl group includes a carbamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyl group.
  • substituent include an alkyl group.
  • carbamoyl group include a methylcarbamoyl group and a dimethylcarbamoyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group includes an alkoxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group includes an aryloxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group includes a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group is preferably a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group include a 2-pyridyloxycarbonyl group.
  • the acyl group includes an acyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyl group.
  • the acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a benzoyl group.
  • the alkoxy group includes an alkoxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.
  • the aryloxy group includes an aryloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxy group.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the aryloxy group include phenoxy group, p-methoxyphenoxy group and o-methoxyphenoxy group.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group includes a substituted heterocyclic oxy group and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include a 3-pyridyloxy group and a 3-thienyloxy group.
  • the silyloxy group is preferably a silyloxy group substituted with an aliphatic group or aromatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the silyloxy group include trimethylsilyloxy and diphenylmethylsilyloxy.
  • the acyloxy group includes an acyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyloxy group.
  • the acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetoxy group and a benzoyloxy group.
  • the carbamoyloxy group includes a carbamoyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group.
  • substituent include an alkyl group.
  • carbamoyloxy group include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyloxy group includes an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyloxy group include a methoxycarbonyloxy group and an isopropoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyloxy group includes an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyloxy group include a phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the amino group includes an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
  • the alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkylamino group include a methylamino group and a diethylamino group.
  • the arylamino group includes an arylamino group having a substituent, an unsubstituted arylamino group, and an anilino group.
  • the arylamino group is preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the arylamino group include a phenylamino group and a 2-chlorophenylamino group.
  • the heterocyclic amino group includes a heterocyclic amino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic amino group.
  • the heterocyclic amino group is preferably a heterocyclic amino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the acylamino group includes an acylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acylamino group.
  • the acylamino group is preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the acylamino group include an acetylamino group, a propionylamino group, a benzoylamino group, an N-phenylacetylamino group, and a 3,5-disulfobenzoylamino group.
  • the ureido group includes a ureido group having a substituent and an unsubstituted ureido group.
  • the ureido group is preferably a ureido group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • the ureido group include a 3-methylureido group, a 3,3-dimethylureido group, and a 3-phenylureido group.
  • the sulfamoylamino group includes a sulfamoylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group.
  • substituent include an alkyl group.
  • sulfamoylamino group include N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group includes an alkoxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group includes an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
  • the alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups, and unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups.
  • the sulfonylamino group is preferably a sulfonylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of these sulfonylamino groups include a methylsulfonylamino group, an N-phenyl-methylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, and a 3-carboxyphenylsulfonylamino group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfonylamino group includes a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfonylamino group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfonylamino group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic sulfonylamino group include a 2-thiophenesulfonylamino group and a 3-pyridinesulfonylamino group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfonyl group includes a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfonyl group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic sulfonyl group include a 2-thiophenesulfonyl group and a 3-pyridinesulfonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfinyl group includes a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfinyl group.
  • the heterocyclic sulfinyl group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic sulfinyl group include a 4-pyridinesulfinyl group.
  • Alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups include substituted alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups and unsubstituted alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups.
  • Alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups are preferably those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups include a methylthio group, a phenylthio group, and a 2-pyridylthio group.
  • the alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups.
  • Examples of the alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups include a methylsulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group, respectively.
  • the alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups, unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups.
  • Examples of the alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups include a methylsulfinyl group and a phenylsulfinyl group, respectively.
  • the sulfamoyl group includes a sulfamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
  • substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the sulfamoyl group include a dimethylsulfamoyl group and a di- (2-hydroxyethyl) sulfamoyl group.
  • the substituent in the present invention may be any group that can be substituted.
  • the ink composition of the present invention will be described below.
  • the ink composition of the present invention contains a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (1).
  • the ink composition contains the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1)
  • the ink composition has high ozone resistance, particularly ozone resistance at the initial stage, small color change, and excellent light resistance. Things are provided. The following mechanism can be considered as this reason.
  • the reaction of ozone 1,3-dipolar addition reaction, electrophilic reaction and the like are known.
  • the reaction with olefin is known to react as shown in the following scheme 1. Further, it reacts with electron donating compounds such as sulfide and amine to form, for example, sulfoxide and amine oxide.
  • the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) is specifically shown below.
  • the azo dye used in the ink composition of the present invention is represented by the general formula (1).
  • the azo dye (black dye) represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “azo compound represented by the general formula (1)”) will be described below.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ⁇ .
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
  • L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
  • * represents a bond with a phenyl group
  • ** represents a bond with L 2 .
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 2 represents a linking group.
  • n 0, 1 or 2.
  • L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
  • m represents 1 or 2.
  • Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
  • a in the general formula (1) represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
  • the aryl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. More specifically, an aryl group having substituent group J can be mentioned.
  • the aryl group represented by A is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group.
  • the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned Substituent Group J, and the ionic hydrophilic group or the Hammett's ⁇ p value is preferably 0.3 or more.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group represented by A includes a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by A is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and has 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferable.
  • substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned Substituent group J.
  • nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group examples include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
  • A is preferably an aryl group having a substituent, more preferably an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group having a Hammett ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more, and an ionic hydrophilic group. More preferably, the naphthyl group has an electron withdrawing group having a group or Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more, and an ionic hydrophilic group and an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more. Most preferably, it is a naphthyl group.
  • G in the general formula (1) represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ⁇ .
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
  • the carbamoyl group has a substituent, the substituent is an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group), An aryl group (phenyl group) can be mentioned.
  • G is preferably —C (R 2 ) ⁇ .
  • R 2 is preferably a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 group) or a cyano group, and more preferably a cyano group.
  • L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
  • * represents a bond with a phenyl group
  • ** represents a bond with L 2 .
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 4 examples include the substituent group A ′, which is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an acyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, -It is more preferably a carboxyethyl group or an acetyl group.
  • R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • L 1 is more preferably a linking group selected from the following group L 1 ′.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 4 has the same meaning as R 4 shown in the above-mentioned group L 1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
  • L 2 represents a linking group.
  • n 0, 1 or 2.
  • the linking group represented by L 2 is an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heterocyclic residue, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —NR 11 — (R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group), — O— and a divalent or trivalent group obtained by combining these linking groups are preferable.
  • these may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an acyl group, an acylamino group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfonamide group.
  • L 2 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CO—, —NH—, —O—, or a divalent group obtained by combining these linking groups.
  • L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
  • the ozone fading preventing group is a group capable of reacting with ozone, and effectively acts as a substitution group for the chromophore in the general formula (1), thereby bringing about an effect of suppressing color change in the initial stage.
  • the ozone fading preventing group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group capable of reacting with ozone, and specific examples include thioether, unsaturated double bond, N-alkyl group, aldehyde group, hydrazine and the like.
  • L 3 preferably represents a group selected from the following group L 3 .
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 examples include a substituent group A ′, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, acyl group, aryl group or ionic hydrophilicity It is preferably a group.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an aryl group or an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 3, and preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 6, and preferably represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • L 3 is more preferably a group selected from the following group L 3 ′.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • R 5, R 6, k and p have the same meanings as R 5, R 6, k and p shown in the group L 3, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 may form a ring with L 2 .
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 3 include substituent group J.
  • the substituent represented by R 3 may be further repeatedly substituted with a substituent listed in the substituent group J.
  • the substituent represented by R 3 is preferably an alkyl group, aryl group, alkylthio group, mercapto group, hydroxyl group, alkyloxy group, cycloalkyl group, or ionic hydrophilic group.
  • R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • —SO 3 M 1 or —CO 2 M 1 is preferable, —SO 3 M 1 is more preferable, and —SO 3 Li is particularly preferable.
  • M 1 and M in the general formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
  • monovalent counter cations include ammonium ions, alkali metal ions (eg, lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylammonium ions, tetramethylguanidinium ions, tetramethylphosphonium).
  • alkali metal ions eg, lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions
  • organic cations eg, tetramethylammonium ions, tetramethylguanidinium ions, tetramethylphosphonium.
  • counter cations other than lithium ions, potassium ions and sodium ions are preferable, and sodium ions are more preferable.
  • a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, or an ammonium salt is preferable, a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component is more preferable, and a lithium salt is most preferable.
  • the azo compound represented by the general formula (1) is a mixed salt, it is a mixed salt of a lithium salt and a sodium salt from the viewpoints of solubility in water, aqueous solution viscosity, surface tension, and storage stability of a high concentration aqueous solution. It is preferable that a part of a plurality of M represents a lithium ion and the remaining M represents a sodium ion.
  • a mode in which all M in (1) is mixed with a dye representing a sodium ion may be used.
  • the molar ratio of lithium salt to sodium salt (Li: Na) is preferably 99: 1 to 25:75, particularly 99: 1 to 50:50. 99: 1 to 55:45 is more preferable, and 99: 1 to 65:35 is most preferable among them.
  • the solubility and dissolution rate in water are good, the viscosity and surface tension of the high-concentration aqueous solution can be easily adjusted, and the storage stability of the high-concentration aqueous solution tends to be excellent.
  • the prescription design of the constituent requirements of the ink composition of the water-soluble ink for ink jet becomes easy, and an excellent raw material (high concentration aqueous solution, ink composition) that satisfies the required performance of the water-soluble ink for ink jet at a high level can be provided. Play.
  • the ratio of cations of the mixed salt can be measured by ion chromatography analysis.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • G in formula (2) in, L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3, m, and M is G in formula (1), L 1, L 2, n, L 3, R 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • substituent J the above-mentioned substituent J can be mentioned.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or It is preferably an unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, nitro group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, hydrogen atom, chlorine atom, ionic hydrophilicity Group, cyano group, methanesulfonyl group, phenylsulfonyl group, nitro group, methoxycarbonyl group, and carbamoyl group are more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, or nitro group
  • X 1 , X 3 , X 5 and X 7 are each independently preferably either a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J.
  • X 2 , X 4 and X 6 At least one of these preferably represents an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more. If at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is an electron-withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness and ozone gas fastness can be improved. An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
  • X 2 , X 4 and X 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, nitro group, substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl A group, a nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group are more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, or a
  • At least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 represents an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more. More preferably, it is an electron withdrawing group of 0 or less, X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydroxyl groups, and X 4 represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more.
  • the electron withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, halogen atom, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having ⁇ p value of 0.3
  • a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a chlorine atom, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a chlorine atom, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
  • At least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and X 2 , X 4 , and it is preferable that at least one of X 6 is ⁇ p value of Hammett's 0.2 or more electron-withdrawing group, X 3 is ⁇ p value of Hammett's a 0.2 or more electron-withdrawing group More preferably, X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydrophilic groups.
  • —SO 3 M 1 or —CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation) is preferable, —SO 3 M 1 is more preferable, —SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.
  • G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 and M in the general formula (2) are each independently G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 in the general formula (1).
  • examples of M, and preferable examples are also the same.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
  • G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R 3 , m, and M are G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R in the general formula (1). 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  • G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 and M in the general formula (3) are each independently G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 in the general formula (1).
  • examples of M, and preferable examples are also the same.
  • the azo compound represented by the general formula (3) is capable of adjusting the hue, improving light fastness and ozone gas fastness, and can obtain a high effect in terms of use as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink.
  • azo compound represented by the general formula (1) Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the general formula (1) are shown below, but the azo compound used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
  • those in which double bond portions (olefin-corresponding portions) cross each other represent E-form or a mixture of geometric isomers of E-form and Z-form.
  • M is not particularly limited, but represents a hydrogen atom, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, a quaternary ammonium salt, or a mixture thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to an azo compound represented by the above general formula (1), general formula (2), or general formula (3), and an aqueous solution using the azo compound of the present invention as a coloring matter (colorant) and
  • the water-soluble ink composition means a composition containing a coloring material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersant (such as a solvent) thereof, and can be particularly suitably used for image formation.
  • the ink composition of the present invention (also referred to as the ink of the present invention) contains the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in an aqueous medium, and is preferably dissolved in the aqueous medium.
  • the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) By using the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1), an ink composition having high ozone resistance, particularly ozone resistance at an initial stage, small color change, and excellent light resistance is provided. .
  • the ink composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a black ink.
  • the content of the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in the ink composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink composition. 7 to 6.0% by mass.
  • the ink composition of the present invention is preferably used as an ink for ink jet recording. That is, the present invention also relates to an ink jet recording ink containing the ink composition of the present invention.
  • the content of the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in the ink for inkjet recording is the same as the content in the ink composition.
  • the ink composition of the present invention (preferably an ink for ink jet recording) is used in combination with other dyes in order to adjust the color tone and balance the performance. May be.
  • an ink containing another dye may be used in combination with the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention. Examples of dyes that can be used in combination include the following.
  • yellow dyes for example, phenols, naphthols, anilines, pyrazolones, pyridones, aryl or heteryl azo dyes having open-chain active methylene compounds as coupling components; for example, open-chain active methylene compounds as coupling components Azomethine dyes; methine dyes such as benzylidene dyes and monomethine oxonol dyes; quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone dyes and anthraquinone dyes, and other dye species such as quinophthalone dyes, nitro-nitroso dyes And dyes, acridine dyes, acridinone dyes and the like.
  • methine dyes such as benzylidene dyes and monomethine oxonol dyes
  • quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone dyes and anthraquinone dyes
  • other dye species such as quinophthalone dyes,
  • These dyes may be those that exhibit yellow only after a part of the chromophore is dissociated, in which case the counter cation may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
  • the counter cation may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
  • magenta dyes include aryl or heteryl azo dyes having phenols, naphthols, and anilines as coupling components; azomethine dyes having pyrazolones and pyrazolotriazoles as coupling components; for example, arylidene dyes, styryl dyes, merocyanine Dyes, methine dyes such as oxonol dyes; carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, etc. Examples thereof include ring dyes.
  • These dyes may exhibit magenta only after part of the chromophore is dissociated, and the counter cation in that case may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
  • the counter cation in that case may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
  • cyan dyes examples include azomethine dyes such as indoaniline dyes and indophenol dyes; polymethine dyes such as cyanine dyes, oxonol dyes and merocyanine dyes; carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes and xanthene dyes; phthalocyanine Dyes; anthraquinone dyes; for example, aryl or heteryl azo dyes having phenols, naphthols and anilines as coupling components, and indigo / thioindigo dyes.
  • azomethine dyes such as indoaniline dyes and indophenol dyes
  • polymethine dyes such as cyanine dyes, oxonol dyes and merocyanine dyes
  • carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes and xanthene dyes
  • These dyes may exhibit cyan only after a part of the chromophore is dissociated, and the counter cation in that case may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure. Also, black dyes such as polyazo dyes can be used.
  • water-soluble dyes include direct dyes, acid dyes, food dyes, basic dyes, and reactive dyes.
  • Preferred examples include C.I. I. Direct Red 2, 4, 9, 23, 26, 31, 39, 62, 63, 72, 75, 76, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 89, 92, 95, 111, 173, 184, 207, 211, 212, 214, 218, 21, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 232, 233, 240, 241, 242, 243, 247, C.I. I. Direct violet 7, 9, 47, 48, 51, 66, 90, 93, 94, 95, 98, 100, 101, C.I. I.
  • pigments can be used in combination with the ink composition of the present invention.
  • the pigment used in the present technology commercially available pigments and known pigments described in various documents can be used.
  • the Color Index Edited by The Society of Dyers and Colorists
  • “Revised New Handbook of Pigments” edited by the Japan Pigment Technology Association (published in 1989)
  • “Latest Pigment Applied Technology” published by CMC published in 1986
  • W. Herbst, K.M. Hunger co-authored Industrial Organic Pigments (VCH Verlagsgesellschaft, published in 1993).
  • azo pigments azo lake pigments, insoluble azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelate azo pigments
  • polycyclic pigments phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perinone pigments, indigo pigments, quinacridone Pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments), dyed lake pigments (acid or basic dye lake pigments), azine pigments, etc.
  • C.I. of yellow pigment I. Pigment Yellow 34, 37, 42, 53, and other red pigments such as C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red 101, 108, etc. blue pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment Blue 27, 29, 17: 1, etc. I. Pigment Black 7, magnetite, and other white pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment White 4, 6, 18, 21 and the like.
  • a phthalocyanine pigment As a pigment having a preferable color tone for image formation, a phthalocyanine pigment, an anthraquinone-based indanthrone pigment (for example, CI Pigment Blue 60), and a dyed lake pigment-based triarylcarbonium pigment are preferable for a blue or cyan pigment.
  • phthalocyanine pigments include copper pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, monochloro or low chlorinated copper
  • the phthalocyanines and aluminium phthalocyanines the pigments described in European Patent No.
  • the metal-free phthalocyanine which is CI Pigment Blue 16 and the phthalocyanines whose central metals are Zn, Ni and Ti are preferable, among which CI Pigment is preferable. Blue 15: 3, 15: 4 and aluminum phthalocyanine) are most preferred.
  • azo pigments for red to purple pigments, azo pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment Red 3, 5, 11, 22, 38, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57: 1, 63: 2, 144, 146, and 184).
  • quinacridone pigments include CI Pigment Red 122, 192, 202, 207, 209, CI Pigment Violet 19, 42.
  • CI Pigment Red 122 is preferable
  • dyed lake pigment type triarylcarbonium pigments are xanthene CI Pigment Red 81: 1, CI Pigment Violet).
  • dioxazine pigments eg, CI Pigment Violet 23, 37
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments eg, CI Pigment Red 254
  • perylene Pigments eg C I.Pigment Violet 29
  • anthraquinone pigments e.g., C.I. Pigment Violet 5: 1, the 31, the 33
  • thioindigo e.g. C.I. Pigment Red 38, the 88
  • yellow pigments examples include azo pigments (preferred examples include monoazo pigment-based CI Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 74, 98, disazo pigment-based CI Pigment Yellow 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 83. , Azo-based CI Pigment Yellow 93, 94, 95, 128, 155, benzimidazolone-based CI Pigment Yellow 120, 151, 154, 156, 180, etc., among which benzidine is preferable.
  • Compounds that do not use compounds as raw materials isoindoline / isoindolinone pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment Yellow 109, 110, 137, and 139), quinophthalone pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment).
  • Yell Etc. w 138) such as flavanthrone pigments (e.g., C.I. Pigment Yellow 24) are preferably used.
  • black pigment examples include inorganic pigments (preferably carbon black and magnetite as examples) and aniline black.
  • inorganic pigments preferably carbon black and magnetite as examples
  • aniline black examples
  • an orange pigment C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 16, etc.
  • a green pigment C.I. Pigment Green 7, etc.
  • the pigment that can be used in the present technology may be the aforementioned bare pigment or a surface-treated pigment.
  • Surface treatment methods include resin or wax surface coating, surfactant deposition, reactive substances (eg radicals derived from silane coupling agents, epoxy compounds, polyisocyanates, diazonium salts, etc.) pigments
  • reactive substances eg radicals derived from silane coupling agents, epoxy compounds, polyisocyanates, diazonium salts, etc.
  • Self-dispersing pigments prepared by allowing a diazonium salt described in US Patent 4) to act on carbon black and encapsulated pigments prepared by the method described in Japanese Patent (5) above are used in inks.
  • the dispersion stability can be obtained without using an extra dispersant.
  • the pigment may be further dispersed using a dispersant.
  • a dispersant Various known dispersants can be used in accordance with the pigment to be used, for example, a surfactant-type low-molecular dispersant or a polymer-type dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include those described in JP-A-3-69949, European Patent 549486 and the like.
  • a pigment derivative called a synergist may be added to promote adsorption of the dispersant to the pigment.
  • the particle size of the pigment that can be used in the present technology is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m after dispersion, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 ⁇ m.
  • a known dispersion technique used in ink production or toner production can be used.
  • the dispersing machine include vertical or horizontal agitator mills, attritors, colloid mills, ball mills, three roll mills, pearl mills, super mills, impellers, dispersers, KD mills, dynatrons, and pressure kneaders. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986).
  • the ink composition of the present invention preferably has a pH of 7.0 or more and 10.0 or less from the viewpoints of storage stability and ejection properties of the ink composition.
  • the surfactant that can be contained in the ink composition of the present invention (preferably ink for inkjet recording) will be described.
  • the surfactant used in the present invention include anionic surfactants such as fatty acid salts, higher alcohol ester salts, alkylbenzene sulfonate salts, sulfosuccinic acid ester salts, higher alcohol phosphoric acid ester salts, aliphatic amine salts, 4
  • Nonionic surfactants such as cationic surfactants such as quaternary ammonium salts, ethylene oxide adducts of higher alcohols, ethylene oxide adducts of alkylphenols, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, acetylene glycol and its ethylene oxide adducts
  • amphoteric surfactants such as amino acid type and betaine type, fluorine-based compounds, and silicon-based compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ink composition used in the present invention preferably contains 0.005 to 5% by mass of a surfactant, more preferably 0.005 to 3% by mass.
  • the discharge stability does not deteriorate, the occurrence of bleeding at the time of color mixing, the deterioration of print quality such as the generation of whiskers does not occur, At the time of ejection, it is possible to suppress printing defects due to adhesion of ink to the periphery of the nozzle.
  • the ink composition of the present invention is prepared by dissolving the above dye in an aqueous medium, adding a specific amount of a surfactant as required, and further dissolving and / or dispersing other additives as necessary. can do.
  • aqueous medium in the present invention means a mixture of water or a mixture of water and a small amount of a water-miscible organic solvent with additives such as wetting agents and stabilizers added as necessary.
  • the ink liquid of the present invention in the case of water-soluble ink, it is preferable to first dissolve in water. Thereafter, various solvents and additives are added, dissolved and mixed to obtain a uniform ink solution.
  • various methods such as dissolution by stirring, dissolution by ultrasonic irradiation, and dissolution by shaking can be used.
  • the stirring method is particularly preferably used.
  • various methods such as fluidized stirring known in the art and stirring using shearing force using an inverted agitator or dissolver can be used.
  • a stirring method using a shearing force with the bottom surface of the container such as a magnetic stirrer, can also be preferably used.
  • JP-A-5-148436, JP-A-5-295212, JP-A-7-97541, JP-A-7-82515, JP-A-7-118857, JP-A-2002-020657 Details are described in each publication of Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2002-060663, and can also be used for the preparation of the ink for inkjet recording of the present invention.
  • the ink composition of the present invention comprises a water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in an aqueous medium.
  • the aqueous medium may contain a water-miscible organic solvent, and the water-miscible organic solvent contained in the aqueous medium has a solubility at 25 ° C. of the dye used of 10 (g / 100 g solvent) or less.
  • the solubility means the mass of a solute that can be dissolved at a certain temperature in 100 g of the solvent, and the unit is “g / 100 g solvent”.
  • the solubility of the dye of the present invention varies somewhat depending on its structure.
  • a water-miscible organic solvent having a solubility of 10 (g / 100 g solvent) or less is appropriately selected depending on the dye type. It is preferable.
  • the solubility of the dye of the present invention at 25 ° C. is more preferably 8 (g / 100 g solvent) or less, and still more preferably 5 (g / 100 g solvent) or less.
  • the said water-miscible organic solvent is a mixture which consists of 2 or more types by which at least 1 type contains alcohol and / or its derivative (s).
  • the addition amount of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 1 to 60% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass. By setting this value, the ink stability, ejection stability, and drying property tend to be good.
  • water-miscible organic solvent suitable for the present invention can be selected from the following.
  • Alcohol eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, t-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol
  • polyhydric alcohols eg, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, thiol
  • Diethylene glycol triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, 2-butene-1,4-diol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1, 2-hexanediol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexaned
  • the other dye used in the present invention is an oil-soluble dye
  • it can be prepared by dissolving the oil-soluble dye in a high-boiling organic solvent and emulsifying and dispersing it in an aqueous medium.
  • the high-boiling organic solvent used has a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher, preferably 170 ° C. or higher.
  • the high boiling point organic solvent can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 3 times, preferably 0.01 to 1.0 times the mass ratio of the oil-soluble dye.
  • These high boiling point organic solvents may be used alone or in a mixture of several kinds.
  • the oil-soluble dye and the high-boiling organic solvent are emulsified and dispersed in an aqueous medium.
  • a low boiling organic solvent can be used depending on the case from the viewpoint of emulsification.
  • the low boiling point organic solvent is an organic solvent having a boiling point of about 30 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower at normal pressure.
  • the emulsification dispersion is used to disperse an oil phase in which a dye is dissolved in a mixed solvent of a high-boiling organic solvent and, optionally, a low-boiling organic solvent, in an aqueous phase mainly composed of water to form fine oil droplets in the oil phase.
  • additives such as surfactant, a wetting agent, a dye stabilizer, an emulsion stabilizer, etc. which were mentioned above can be added to either or both of a water phase and an oil phase as needed.
  • a method of adding an oil phase to an aqueous phase is common, but a so-called phase inversion emulsification method in which an aqueous phase is dropped into an oil phase can also be preferably used.
  • a drying inhibitor for preventing clogging due to drying at the ink jetting port when used as an inkjet recording ink, a drying inhibitor for preventing clogging due to drying at the ink jetting port, a penetration accelerator for penetrating the ink with paper, Additives such as UV absorbers, antioxidants, viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, dispersants, dispersion stabilizers, rust inhibitors, antiseptics, antifungal agents, pH adjusters, antifoaming agents, chelating agents, etc. An appropriate amount can be used by appropriately selecting.
  • the drying inhibitor used in the present invention is preferably a water-soluble organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water.
  • Specific examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol, acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin.
  • Polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, etc., lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) ether 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, heterocyclic rings such as N-ethylmorpholine, sulfolane, dimethyl sulfoxide, 3 Sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives.
  • lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl)
  • polyhydric alcohols such as glycerin and diethylene glycol are more preferred.
  • said anti-drying agent may be used independently and may be used together 2 or more types. These drying inhibitors are preferably contained in the ink in an amount of 10 to 50% by mass.
  • Examples of penetration enhancers used in the present invention include alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1,2-hexanediol, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium oleate, and nonionic surface activity.
  • An agent or the like can also be used. If these are contained in the ink in an amount of 10 to 30% by mass, they are sufficiently effective, and it is preferable to use them in a range of addition amounts that do not cause printing bleeding or paper loss (print-through).
  • Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used for improving the storability of the image in the present invention include JP-A Nos. 58-185677, 61-190537, JP-A-2-782, and JP-A-5-97075.
  • Benzotriazole compounds described in JP-A-9-34057, etc. benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No. 3,214,463, etc. -30492, 56-21141, and cinnamic acid compounds described in JP-A-10-88106, JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, and JP-A-8-239368.
  • Organic anti-fading agents include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, heterocycles, etc. Complex, zinc complex and the like. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, No. VII, I to J, ibid. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid. The compounds described in the patent cited in Japanese Patent No. 15162 and the compounds represented by the general formulas and compound examples of the representative compounds described on pages 127 to 137 of JP-A-62-215272 can be used.
  • Examples of the rust inhibitor used in the present invention include acidic zinc sulfate, sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thioglycolate, diisopropylammonium nitrite, pentaerythritol nitrate, dicyclohexylammonium nitrite and the like. These are preferably used in an amount of 0.02 to 5.00% by mass in the ink.
  • the pH adjusting agent used in the present invention can be suitably used in terms of pH adjustment, imparting dispersion stability, etc., and the pH of the ink at 25 ° C. is adjusted to 8-11.
  • the pH is less than 8, the solubility of the dye is lowered and the nozzle is easily clogged, and when it exceeds 11, the water resistance is deteriorated.
  • an organic base, an inorganic alkali, etc. are mentioned as a basic thing
  • An organic acid, an inorganic acid, etc. are mentioned as an acidic thing.
  • the organic base include triethanolamine, diethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, and dimethylethanolamine.
  • Examples of the inorganic alkali include alkali metal hydroxides (for example, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide), carbonates (for example, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the like), ammonium, and the like.
  • Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and alkylsulfonic acid.
  • Examples of the inorganic acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid.
  • the surface tension of the ink used in the present invention is preferably 20 to 50 mN / m or less at 25 ° C., and more preferably 20 to 40 mN / m or less.
  • the viscosity of the ink used in the present invention is preferably 30 mPa ⁇ s or less. Furthermore, since it is more preferable to adjust to 20 mPa * s or less, a viscosity modifier may be used in order to adjust a viscosity.
  • a viscosity modifier include water-soluble polymers such as celluloses and polyvinyl alcohol, and nonionic surfactants. For more details, see Chapter 9 of “Viscosity Adjustment Technology” (Technical Information Association, 1999) and “Chemicals for Inkjet Printers (98 Supplement)-Material Development Trends and Perspective Survey” (CMC, 1997) 162- Page 174.
  • a polymer fine particle dispersion may be used. Details thereof are described in JP-A No. 2002-264490.
  • the above-mentioned cation, anion, and nonionic surfactants are used as a dispersant and a dispersion stabilizer, and fluorine-based, silicone-based compounds, chelating agents represented by EDTA, and the like are used as necessary. be able to.
  • the ink of the present invention is a known recording material, that is, plain paper, resin-coated paper, such as JP-A-8-169172, JP-A-8-27693, JP-A-2-276670, JP-A-7-276789, JP-A-9-323475, JP-A-62-238783, JP-A-10-153898, JP-A-10-217473, JP-A-10-235995, JP-A-10-337947, and JP-A-10-217597 10-337947, etc., can be used to form an image on dedicated paper for inkjet, film, electrophotographic co-paper, fabric, glass, metal, ceramics, and the like.
  • the recording paper and recording film used for inkjet printing using the ink of the present invention will be described below.
  • the support for recording paper and recording film consists of chemical pulp such as LBKP and NBKP, mechanical pulp such as GP, PGW, RMP, TMP, CTMP, CMP, CGP, and waste paper pulp such as DIP.
  • Additives such as known pigments, binders, sizing agents, fixing agents, cationic agents, paper strength enhancers, etc. can be mixed, and those manufactured by various devices such as long net paper machines and circular net paper machines can be used. It is.
  • either synthetic paper or plastic film sheets may be used.
  • the thickness of the support is preferably 10 to 250 ⁇ m and the basis weight is preferably 10 to 250 g / m 2 .
  • the support may be provided with an ink receiving layer and a backcoat layer as they are, or after a size press or anchor coat layer is provided with starch, polyvinyl alcohol or the like, an ink receiving layer and a backcoat layer may be provided. Further, the support may be flattened by a calendar device such as a machine calendar, a TG calendar, or a soft calendar.
  • a calendar device such as a machine calendar, a TG calendar, or a soft calendar.
  • paper and plastic film laminated on both sides with polyolefin eg, polyethylene, polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutene and copolymers thereof
  • a white pigment eg, titanium oxide, zinc oxide
  • a coloring dye eg, cobalt blue, ultramarine blue, neodymium oxide
  • the ink receiving layer provided on the support contains a pigment and an aqueous binder.
  • a white pigment is good, and as the white pigment, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, clay, diatomaceous earth, synthetic amorphous silica, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, Examples thereof include inorganic white pigments such as barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc sulfide, and zinc carbonate, and organic pigments such as styrene pigments, acrylic pigments, urea resins, and melamine resins.
  • the white pigment contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably a porous inorganic pigment, and synthetic amorphous silica having a large pore area is particularly suitable.
  • synthetic amorphous silica either anhydrous silicic acid obtained by a dry production method (gas phase method) or hydrous silicic acid obtained by a wet production method can be used, but it is particularly desirable to use hydrous silicic acid. Two or more of these pigments may be used in combination.
  • aqueous binder contained in the ink receiving layer examples include polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationized starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyalkylene oxide, and polyalkylene oxide derivatives.
  • Water-dispersible polymers such as water-soluble polymers, styrene butadiene latexes, and acrylic emulsions. These aqueous binders can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polyvinyl alcohol and silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol are particularly preferable in terms of adhesion to the pigment and resistance to peeling of the ink receiving layer.
  • the ink receiving layer can contain a mordant, a water resistance agent, a light resistance improver, an ozone resistance improver, a surfactant, and other additives in addition to the pigment and the aqueous binder.
  • the mordant added to the ink receiving layer is preferably immobilized.
  • a polymer mordant is preferably used.
  • the polymer mordant JP-A-48-28325, JP-A-54-74430, JP-A-54-124726, JP-A-55-22766, JP-A-55-142339, JP-A-60-23850, JP-A-60-23851, 60-23852, 60-23835, 60-57836, 60-60643, 60-118834, 60-122940, 60-122941, 60-122942, 60- No. 235134, JP-A-1-161236, U.S. Pat.Nos.
  • the water-proofing agent is effective for making the image water-resistant.
  • cationic resins are particularly desirable.
  • examples of such a cationic resin include polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin, polyethyleneimine, polyamine sulfone, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride polymer, and cationic polyacrylamide.
  • the content of these cationic resins is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, particularly 3 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the ink receiving layer.
  • Examples of the light resistance improver and gas resistance improver include phenol compounds, hindered phenol compounds, thioether compounds, thiourea compounds, thiocyanate compounds, amine compounds, hindered amine compounds, TEMPO compounds, hydrazine compounds, hydrazide compounds, amidine compounds, Vinyl group-containing compounds, ester compounds, amide compounds, ether compounds, alcohol compounds, sulfinic acid compounds, saccharides, water-soluble reducing compounds, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydroxy group-containing organic acids, benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, triazine compounds , Heterocyclic compounds, water-soluble metal salts, organometallic compounds, metal complexes, and the like.
  • JP-A-10-182621 JP-A-2001-260519, JP-A-2000-260519, JP-B-4-34953, JP-B-4-34513, and JP-B-4-34512.
  • JP-A-11-170686 JP-A-60-67190, JP-A-7-276808, JP-A-2000-94829, JP-T 8-512258, JP-A-11-321090, etc. Is mentioned.
  • the surfactant functions as a coating aid, a peelability improver, a slippage improver or an antistatic agent.
  • Surfactants are described in JP-A Nos. 62-173463 and 62-183457.
  • An organic fluoro compound may be used in place of the surfactant.
  • the organic fluoro compound is preferably hydrophobic.
  • Examples of the organic fluoro compound include a fluorine-based surfactant, an oily fluorine-based compound (eg, fluorine oil), and a solid fluorine compound resin (eg, tetrafluoroethylene resin).
  • the organic fluoro compounds are described in JP-B-57-9053 (columns 8 to 17), JP-A-61-2994 and JP-A-62-135826.
  • the ink receiving layer may be one layer or two layers.
  • Recording paper and recording film can be provided with a backcoat layer, and examples of components that can be added to this layer include white pigments, aqueous binders, and other components.
  • white pigments contained in the backcoat layer include light calcium carbonate, heavy calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, zinc carbonate, satin white, and aluminum silicate.
  • White inorganic pigments such as diatomaceous earth, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, colloidal alumina, pseudoboehmite, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, hydrous halloysite, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, Examples thereof include organic pigments such as styrene plastic pigment, acrylic plastic pigment, polyethylene, microcapsule, urea resin, and melamine resin.
  • aqueous binder contained in the backcoat layer As the aqueous binder contained in the backcoat layer, styrene / maleate copolymer, styrene / acrylate copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, silanol modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationized starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethylcellulose Water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene butadiene latex and acrylic emulsion. Examples of other components contained in the backcoat layer include an antifoaming agent, an antifoaming agent, a dye, a fluorescent brightening agent, a preservative, and a water-proofing agent.
  • Polymer latex may be added to the constituent layers (including the back layer) of the inkjet recording paper and recording film.
  • the polymer latex is used for the purpose of improving film physical properties such as dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, adhesion prevention, and film cracking prevention.
  • the polymer latex is described in JP-A Nos. 62-245258, 62-1316648, and 62-110066.
  • a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature 40 ° C. or lower
  • cracking and curling of the layer can be prevented.
  • curling can be prevented by adding a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to the back layer.
  • the present invention also relates to an ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording according to the present invention.
  • the ink of the present invention is not limited to the ink jet recording system, and is a known system such as a charge control system that ejects ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand system (pressure pulse system) that uses the vibration pressure of a piezo element. ), An acoustic ink jet method that converts an electrical signal into an acoustic beam, irradiates the ink and uses ink to eject the ink, and a thermal ink jet method that heats the ink to form bubbles and uses the generated pressure. Used.
  • Inkjet recording methods use a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent inks.
  • the method is included.
  • a preferred combination of a recording material and a recording method is an inkjet recording in which an image receiving material having an image receiving layer containing white inorganic pigment particles on a support is ejected with ink droplets according to a recording signal, and an image is recorded on the image receiving material. Is the method.
  • the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention can also be used for purposes other than ink jet recording.
  • it can be used for display image materials, image forming materials for interior decoration materials, and image forming materials for outdoor decoration materials.
  • Display image materials include posters, wallpaper, small decorative items (such as figurines and dolls), commercial flyers, wrapping paper, wrapping materials, paper bags, plastic bags, packaging materials, signs, transportation (automobiles, buses, trains, etc.) )
  • the image includes all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans, such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns, in addition to images in a narrow sense.
  • Interior decoration materials refer to various items such as wallpaper, decorative accessories (such as figurines and dolls), lighting fixtures, furniture components, floor and ceiling design components.
  • the dye of the present invention is used as an image forming material, the image includes all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns in addition to images in a narrow sense.
  • Outdoor decoration materials include various materials such as wall materials, roofing materials, signboards, gardening materials, outdoor decoration accessories (such as figurines and dolls), and outdoor lighting fixtures.
  • the dye of the present invention is used as an image forming material, the image includes not only images in a narrow sense but also all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans, such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns.
  • examples of media on which a pattern is formed include various materials such as paper, fiber, cloth (including non-woven fabric), plastic, metal, and ceramics.
  • the dyeing form the dye can be fixed in the form of mordanting, printing, or a reactive dye having a reactive group introduced. Among these, it is preferable that the mordanting is performed.
  • the ink of the present invention can be used in combination with an ink having a color tone different from that of the ink of the present invention.
  • the ink of the present invention is preferably used together with at least one kind of ink selected from, for example, black ink, cyan ink, magenta ink, yellow ink, red ink, green ink, and blue ink.
  • a so-called light ink having substantially the same color tone as these inks can be used in combination.
  • the water-soluble dye of these inks or light inks may be a known dye or a newly synthesized water-soluble dye.
  • M is not particularly limited, but represents a hydrogen atom, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, a quaternary ammonium salt, or a mixture thereof.
  • each component was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the obtained solution was filtered using a membrane filter having an opening of 1.0 ⁇ m to obtain an ink composition.
  • the numerical value of each component indicates the mass% of each component when the mass of the ink composition is 100%, and the “remaining” indicating the amount of water is an amount that is 100% in total with the components other than water. Indicates.
  • Water-soluble dye of general formula (1) Compound (1) -1: 6% ⁇ Glycerin: 8% ⁇ Ethylene glycol: 3% ⁇ Diethylene glycol: 5% ⁇ 2-pyrrolidone: 5% ⁇ Ethyleneurea: 2% ⁇ Orphine E1010 (acetylene, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 1% ⁇ Ultra pure water: the rest
  • Example 2 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 Ink compositions of Examples 2 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the ink composition of Example 1, except that the dyes were changed as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the above ink composition is loaded into a black ink cartridge of a Canon ink jet printer (trade name: PIXUS iP8600), and an OD of about 1.0 is obtained for Fujifilm's ink jet paper “paint” photo finish.
  • the printed matter was created as follows. OD was measured with X-rite 310TR (manufactured by X-Rite). The following evaluation was performed about the obtained printed matter.
  • Ozone resistance For ozone resistance, after measuring the concentration Ci immediately after printing, leave the sample in a box where the ozone gas concentration is set to 5 ppm for 72 hours.
  • the ozone gas concentration in the box was set using an ozone gas monitor (model: OZG-EM-01) manufactured by APPLICS.
  • the residual ratio was evaluated as A when the residual ratio was 80% or more, B as less than 80% and 70% or more as C, and C as less than 70%.
  • Light resistance was obtained by irradiating images with xenon light (95,000 lux) for 6 days using a weather meter manufactured by Atlas. The OD before and after the test was measured with X-rite 310TR (manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.), and the residual ratio was determined and evaluated. The residual ratio was evaluated as A when the residual ratio was 80% or more, B as less than 80% and 70% or more as C, and C as less than 70%.
  • the ink composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, and azo compound of the present invention form an image having excellent ozone resistance (particularly, initial ozone resistance), small color change, and excellent light resistance. can do.

Abstract

The present invention provides an ink composition with high ozone resistance, particularly, initial stage ozone resistance, little discoloration and excellent light stability, an inkjet printing ink, an inkjet printing method and an azo compound by means of an ink composition containing a water-soluble dye represented by general formula (1), an inkjet printing ink, an inkjet printing method and an azo compound represented by general formula (1) in the Specification.

Description

インク組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、及びアゾ化合物Ink composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, and azo compound
 本発明は、インク組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、及びアゾ化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to an ink composition, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, and an azo compound.
 インクジェット記録方法は、材料費が安価であること、高速記録が可能なこと、記録時の騒音が少ないこと、更にカラー記録が容易であることから、急速に普及し、更に発展している。
 インクジェット記録方法には、連続的に液滴を飛翔させるコンティニュアス方式と画像情報信号に応じて液滴を飛翔させるオンデマンド方式が有り、その吐出方式にはピエゾ素子により圧力を加えて液滴を吐出させる方式、熱によりインク中に気泡を発生させて液滴を吐出させる方式、超音波を用いた方式、あるいは静電力により液滴を吸引吐出させる方式がある。
 また、インクジェット記録用インクとしては、水性インク、油性インク、あるいは固体(溶融型)インクが用いられる。
Ink jet recording methods are rapidly spreading and further developed because of low material costs, high speed recording, low noise during recording, and easy color recording.
Inkjet recording methods include a continuous method in which droplets are continuously ejected and an on-demand method in which droplets are ejected in accordance with image information signals. There are a method of discharging bubbles, a method of generating bubbles in the ink by heat and discharging droplets, a method of using ultrasonic waves, and a method of sucking and discharging droplets by electrostatic force.
As the ink for ink jet recording, water-based ink, oil-based ink, or solid (melted type) ink is used.
 特に、耐オゾン性に優れた黒インク用の染料としては、ジスアゾ色素、トリスアゾ色素、テトラキスアゾ色素などが検討されている(特許文献1~3参照)。 In particular, disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetrakisazo dyes and the like have been studied as dyes for black ink having excellent ozone resistance (see Patent Documents 1 to 3).
 また、特許文献4には、オゾンによる褪色防止を図るという観点から、オゾン褪色防止剤を記録媒体に含有させるインクジェット記録方法が開示されている。 Patent Document 4 discloses an ink jet recording method in which an ozone fading preventing agent is contained in a recording medium from the viewpoint of preventing fading due to ozone.
日本国特開2012-211293号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-2111293 欧州特許出願公開第2712894号明細書European Patent Application No. 2712894 国際公開第2012/081640号International Publication No. 2012/081640 日本国特開2005-014223号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-014223
 これまでの研究により、インクジェット記録用インクの性能の改善が行われてきているが、特許文献1及び2等に記載の色素よりも更に高いレベルの光やオゾンに対する堅牢性が求められていた。特許文献3に記載の色素においては、色変化を引き起こしてしまうという問題があった。特許文献4に記載のような記録媒体にオゾン褪色防止剤を含有させるという方法においては、記録媒体に求められる性能によっては褪色防止剤種が制限されてしまうという問題があった。 Although the performance of ink for ink jet recording has been improved by research so far, higher level of fastness to light and ozone than the dyes described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 has been demanded. The dye described in Patent Document 3 has a problem of causing a color change. In the method of adding an ozone fading inhibitor to the recording medium as described in Patent Document 4, there is a problem that the type of the fading preventing agent is limited depending on the performance required for the recording medium.
 本発明は、耐オゾン性(特に初期の耐オゾン性)に優れ、色変化が小さく、かつ耐光性にも優れた画像を形成することができるインク組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、及びアゾ化合物を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention is an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in ozone resistance (particularly initial ozone resistance), small in color change, and excellent in light resistance, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, And an azo compound.
 本発明者らは、オゾンと反応しうる基を、連結基を介して発色団に結合させた特定のジスアゾ色素を用いることにより上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
 すなわち、本発明は以下の事項に関する。
The present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by using a specific disazo dye in which a group capable of reacting with ozone is bonded to a chromophore through a linking group.
That is, the present invention relates to the following matters.
[1]
 下記一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を含有するインク組成物。
 一般式(1)
[1]
An ink composition containing a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(1)中、
 Aは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。
 Gは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表す。
 Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。
In general formula (1),
A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Lは連結基を表す。
 nは0、1又は2を表す。
 Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはL又はLと環を形成していても良い。
 mは1又は2を表す。
 Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。
[2]
 上記Lが以下の群Lから選ばれる基を表す[1]に記載のインク組成物。
In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
L 2 represents a linking group.
n represents 0, 1 or 2.
L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
m represents 1 or 2.
Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
[2]
Represents a group in which the L 3 is selected from the group L 3 in the following ink composition according to [1].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、R、R、R、R、及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
[3]
 一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料におけるLが以下の群L’から選ばれる連結基を表す[1]又は[2]に記載のインク組成物。
In the formula, R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
[3]
The ink composition according to [1] or [2], wherein L 1 in the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 ′.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式中、*はフェニル基との連結位置を表し、**はLとの連結位置を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
[4]
 一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料におけるLが以下の群L’から選ばれる基を表す[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
In the formula, * represents a connecting position with a phenyl group, and ** represents a connecting position with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
[4]
The ink composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein L 3 in the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) represents a group selected from the following group L 3 ′.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
[5]
 上記一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料が、下記一般式(2)で表される水溶性染料である[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
 一般式(2)
In the formula, R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
[5]
The ink composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) is a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (2).
General formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(2)中、
 X、X、X、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
 一般式(2)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。
[6]
 上記一般式(1)又は一般式(2)で表される水溶性染料が、下記一般式(3)で表される水溶性染料である[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
 一般式(3)
In general formula (2),
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
G in formula (2) in, L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3, m, and M is G in formula (1), L 1, L 2, n, L 3, R 3 Synonymous with m and M.
[6]
The water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (3), any one of [1] to [5] Ink composition.
General formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(3)中、G、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。
[7]
 [1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物を含有するインクジェット記録用インク。
[8]
 [7]に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いるインクジェット記録方法。
[9]
 下記一般式(1)で表される化合物。
 一般式(1)
In the general formula (3), G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R 3 , m, and M are G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R in the general formula (1). 3 Synonymous with m and M.
[7]
[1] to [6] An inkjet recording ink comprising the ink composition according to any one of [6].
[8]
An ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording according to [7].
[9]
A compound represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(1)中、
 Aは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。
 Gは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表す。
 Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。
In general formula (1),
A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Lは連結基を表す。
 nは0、1又は2を表す。
 Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはL又はLと環を形成していても良い。
 mは1又は2を表す。
 Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。
In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
L 2 represents a linking group.
n represents 0, 1 or 2.
L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
m represents 1 or 2.
Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
 本発明によれば、耐オゾン性(特に初期の耐オゾン性)に優れ、色変化が小さく、かつ耐光性にも優れた画像を形成することができるインク組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、及びアゾ化合物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, an ink composition, ink jet recording ink, and ink jet recording that can form an image having excellent ozone resistance (particularly, initial ozone resistance), small color change, and excellent light resistance. Methods and azo compounds can be provided.
比較例化合物(2)を含有するインクジェット記録用インクを用いた印画物について、耐オゾン性を評価した際の試験前後のスペクトルを示した図である。It is the figure which showed the spectrum before and behind the test at the time of evaluating ozone resistance about the printed matter using the ink for inkjet recording containing a comparative example compound (2). 本発明の化合物(1)-1のH NMRチャートである。1 is a 1 H NMR chart of Compound (1) -1 of the present invention.
 以下に本発明について詳細に説明する。
 まず、本発明において、置換基群A’、置換基群J、イオン性親水性基、ハメットの置換基定数σp値について定義する。
The present invention is described in detail below.
First, in the present invention, the substituent group A ′, the substituent group J, the ionic hydrophilic group, and Hammett's substituent constant σp value are defined.
(置換基群A’)
 炭素数1~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルキル基、炭素数7~18の直鎖又は分岐鎖アラルキル基、炭素数2~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルケニル基、炭素数2~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルキニル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基(例えばメチル、エチル、n-プロピル、i-プロピル、n-ブチル、i-ブチル、sec-ブチル、t-ブチル、2-エチルヘキシル、2-メチルスルホニルエチル、3-フェノキシプロピル、トリフルオロメチル、シクロペンチル)、ハロゲン原子(例えば、塩素原子、臭素原子)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル、4-t-ブチルフェニル、2,4-ジ-t-アミルフェニル)、ヘテロ環基(例えば、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、2-フリル、2-チエニル、2-ピリミジニル、2-ベンゾチアゾリル)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルオキシ基(例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、2-メトキシエトキシ、2-メチルスルホニルエトキシ)、アリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキシ、2-メチルフェノキシ、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ、3-ニトロフェノキシ、3-t-ブチルオキシカルボニルフェノキシ、3-メトキシカルボニルフェニルオキシ、アシルアミノ基(例えば、アセトアミド、ベンズアミド、4-(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ブタンアミド)、アルキルアミノ基(例えば、メチルアミノ、ブチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、メチルブチルアミノ)、アリールアミノ基(例えば、フェニルアミノ、2-クロロアニリノ)、ウレイド基(例えば、フェニルウレイド、メチルウレイド、N,N-ジブチルウレイド)、スルファモイルアミノ基(例えば、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ)、アルキルチオ基(例えば、メチルチオ、オクチルチオ、2-フェノキシエチルチオ)、アリールチオ基(例えば、フェニルチオ、2-ブトキシ-5-t-オクチルフェニルチオ、2-カルボキシフェニルチオ)、アルキルオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基(例えば、メチルスルホニルアミノ、フェニルスルホニルアミノ、p-トルエンスルホニルアミノ)、カルバモイル基(例えば、N-エチルカルバモイル、N,N-ジブチルカルバモイル)、スルファモイル基(例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイル、N,N-ジエチルスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル)、スルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル、オクチルスルホニル、フェニルスルホニル、p-トルエンスルホニル)、スルホンアミド基(例えば、メタンスルホンアミド、ベンゼンスルホンアミド、p-トルエンスルホンアミド、オクタデカン)、アルキルオキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル、ブチルオキシカルボニル)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ)、アゾ基(例えば、フェニルアゾ、4-メトキシフェニルアゾ、4-ピバロイルアミノフェニルアゾ、2-ヒドロキシ-4-プロパノイルフェニルアゾ)、アシルオキシ基(例えば、アセトキシ)、カルバモイルオキシ基(例えば、N-メチルカルバモイルオキシ、N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ)、シリルオキシ基(例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ、ジブチルメチルシリルオキシ)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ)、イミド基(例えば、N-スクシンイミド、N-フタルイミド)、ヘテロ環チオ基(例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ、2,4-ジ-フェノキシ-1,3,5-トリアゾール-6-チオ、2-ピリジルチオ)、スルフィニル基(例えば、3-フェノキシプロピルスルフィニル)、ホスホニル基(例えば、フェノキシホスホニル、オクチルオキシホスホニル、フェニルホスホニル)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニル)、アシル基(例えば、アセチル、3-フェニルプロパノイル、ベンゾイル)、イオン性親水性基(カルボキシル基、スルホ基、4級アンモニウム基など)が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群A’から選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group A ′)
Straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, straight chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms Or a branched alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl) , T-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl), halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom), aryl group (eg, phenyl, 4-t- Butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-amylphenyl), heterocyclic groups (eg imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 2-furyl, 2-thiol) Nyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxy group, amino group, alkyloxy group (eg methoxy, ethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-methylsulfonylethoxy), aryloxy Groups (for example, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 3-t-butyloxycarbonylphenoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyloxy, acylamino groups (for example, acetamide, benzamide, 4- (3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy) butanamide), alkylamino groups (eg methylamino, butylamino, diethylamino, methylbutylamino), arylamino groups (eg phenylamino, 2-chloroanilino) Ureido groups (eg phenylureido, methylureido, N, N-dibutylureido), sulfamoylamino groups (eg N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino), alkylthio groups (eg methylthio, octylthio, 2- Phenoxyethylthio), arylthio groups (eg phenylthio, 2-butoxy-5-t-octylphenylthio, 2-carboxyphenylthio), alkyloxycarbonylamino groups (eg methoxycarbonylamino), alkylsulfonylamino groups and aryls Sulfonylamino group (eg, methylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, p-toluenesulfonylamino), carbamoyl group (eg, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl), sulfamoyl group (eg For example, N-ethylsulfamoyl, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl, N, N-diethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl), a sulfonyl group (eg, methylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p -Toluenesulfonyl), sulfonamide groups (eg methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, octadecane), alkyloxycarbonyl groups (eg methoxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl), heterocyclic oxy groups (eg 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), azo group (eg, phenylazo, 4-methoxyphenylazo, 4-pivaloylaminophenylazo, 2-hydroxy-4-propanoylphenylazo) An acyloxy group (eg acetoxy), a carbamoyloxy group (eg N-methylcarbamoyloxy, N-phenylcarbamoyloxy), a silyloxy group (eg trimethylsilyloxy, dibutylmethylsilyloxy), an aryloxycarbonylamino group (eg phenoxy) Carbonylamino), imide group (eg, N-succinimide, N-phthalimide), heterocyclic thio group (eg, 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2,4-di-phenoxy-1,3,5-triazole-6- Thio, 2-pyridylthio), sulfinyl groups (eg 3-phenoxypropylsulfinyl), phosphonyl groups (eg phenoxyphosphonyl, octyloxyphosphonyl, phenylphosphonyl), aryloxycarbonyl groups (eg phenoxyphosphonyl) Alkoxycarbonyl), acyl group (e.g., acetyl, 3-phenylpropanoyl, benzoyl), an ionic hydrophilic group (carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and quaternary ammonium groups). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include groups selected from the substituent group A ′ described above.
(置換基群J)
 例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、イオン性親水性基が例として挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Jから選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group J)
For example, halogen atom, alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group , Carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group , Mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, aryloxycarboni Examples include groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, carbamoyl groups, aryl or heterocyclic azo groups, imide groups, phosphino groups, phosphinyl groups, phosphinyloxy groups, phosphinylamino groups, silyl groups, and ionic hydrophilic groups. . These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group J described above.
 更に詳しくは、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 More specifically, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 アルキル基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状の置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基が挙げられ、シクロアルキル基、ビシクロアルキル基、更に環構造が多いトリシクロ構造なども包含するものである。以下に説明する置換基の中のアルキル基(例えば、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基のアルキル基)もこのような概念のアルキル基を表す。詳細には、アルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、エイコシル基、2-クロロエチル基、2-シアノエチル基、2―エチルヘキシル基等が挙げられ、シクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数3から30の置換又は無置換のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、ビシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5から30の置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルキル基、つまり、炭素数5から30のビシクロアルカンから水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、ビシクロ[1,2,2]ヘプタン-2-イル基、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン-3-イル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and include cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, and tricyclo structures having many ring structures. An alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group of an alkoxy group or an alkylthio group) in a substituent described below also represents such an alkyl group. Specifically, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, an eicosyl group. Group, 2-chloroethyl group, 2-cyanoethyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like, and the cycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyl group, A cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group and the like. The bicycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. Monovalent groups from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, for example, bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl group, bicycl [2,2,2] octan-3-yl group.
 アラルキル基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基が挙げられ、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基としては、炭素原子数が7~30のアラルキル基が好ましい。例えばベンジル基及び2-フェネチル基を挙げられる。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, and the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
 アルケニル基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状の置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基が挙げられ、シクロアルケニル基、ビシクロアルケニル基を包含する。詳細には、アルケニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プレニル基、ゲラニル基、オレイル基等が挙げられ、シクロアルケニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数3から30の置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルケニル基、つまり、炭素数3から30のシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、2-シクロペンテン-1-イル基、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等が挙げられ、ビシクロアルケニル基としては、置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、好ましくは、炭素数5から30の置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、つまり二重結合を一個持つビシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプト-2-エン-1-イル基、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクト-2-エン-4-イル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkenyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups, and include cycloalkenyl groups and bicycloalkenyl groups. Specifically, the alkenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a prenyl group, a geranyl group, an oleyl group, and the like. Is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-cyclopentene-1 -Yl group, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group and the like. As the bicycloalkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, That is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicycloalkene having one double bond, for example, bicyclo [2 2,1] hept-2-en-1-yl group, a bicyclo [2,2,2] oct-2-en-4-yl group and the like.
 アルキニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル基、プロパルギル基、トリメチルシリルエチニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, a trimethylsilylethynyl group, and the like.
 アリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基、m-クロロフェニル基、o-ヘキサデカノイルアミノフェニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an m-chlorophenyl group, an o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換の芳香族若しくは非芳香族のヘテロ環化合物から一個の水素原子を取り除いた一価の基であり、更に好ましくは、炭素数3から30の5又は6員の芳香族のヘテロ環基、例えば、2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、2-ピリミジニル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and more preferably a carbon number. Examples thereof include 3 to 30 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups such as a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group.
 アルコキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-octyloxy group, or a 2-methoxyethoxy group. Etc.
 アリールオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ基、2-メチルフェノキシ基、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ基、3-ニトロフェノキシ基、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-t-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2 -Tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group and the like.
 シリルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から20の置換若しくは無置換のシリルオキシ基、例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ基、ジフェニルメチルシリルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the silyloxy group include substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy group and diphenylmethylsilyloxy group.
 ヘテロ環オキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環オキシ基、例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ基、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group and a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
 アシルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、ホルミルオキシ基、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ステアロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The acyloxy group is preferably a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetyloxy group, Examples include pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
 カルバモイルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイルオキシ基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N,N-ジエチルカルバモイルオキシ基、モルホリノカルボニルオキシ基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルアミノカルボニルオキシ基、N-n-オクチルカルバモイルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-diethylcarbamoyloxy group, morpholinocarbonyloxy group, N , N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy group, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy group and the like.
 アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルオキシ基、エトキシカルボニルオキシ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシ基、n-オクチルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, or an n-octylcarbonyloxy group. Etc.
 アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ基、p-n-ヘキサデシルオキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 As the aryloxycarbonyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyloxy group, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, pn-hexadecyloxy is preferable. Examples include phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
 アミノ基としては、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロ環アミノ基を含み、好ましくは、アミノ基、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアニリノ基、例えば、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、アニリノ基、N-メチル-アニリノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基、トリアジニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The amino group includes an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituted anilino group include a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, and a triazinylamino group.
 アシルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、ホルミルアミノ基、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ基、ピバロイルアミノ基、ラウロイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基、3,4,5-トリ-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The acylamino group is preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetylamino group, Examples include pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino group, and the like.
 アミノカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアミノカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、カルバモイルアミノ基、N,N-ジメチルアミノカルボニルアミノ基、N,N-ジエチルアミノカルボニルアミノ基、モルホリノカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group. And a morpholinocarbonylamino group.
 アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルアミノ基、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-メチルーメトキシカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, or an n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group. Group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group and the like.
 アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基、p-クロロフェノキシカルボニルアミノ基、m-n-オクチルオキシフェノキシカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino group, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, mn-octyloxyphenoxy. Examples thereof include a carbonylamino group.
 スルファモイルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイルアミノ基、例えば、スルファモイルアミノ基、N,N-ジメチルアミノスルホニルアミノ基、N-n-オクチルアミノスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The sulfamoylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a sulfamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, Nn- Examples include octylaminosulfonylamino group.
 アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールスルホニルアミノ基、例えば、メチルスルホニルアミノ基、ブチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。
 アルキルチオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルチオ基、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-ヘキサデシルチオ基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonylamino group. Butylsulfonylamino group, phenylsulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, and the like.
The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an n-hexadecylthio group.
 アリールチオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールチオ基、例えば、フェニルチオ基、p-クロロフェニルチオ基、m-メトキシフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, and an m-methoxyphenylthio group.
 ヘテロ環チオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のヘテロ環チオ基、例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ基、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-イルチオ基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the heterocyclic thio group include substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio group and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group.
 スルファモイル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N-アセチルスルファモイル基、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル基、N-(N’-フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル基等が挙げられる。 The sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfuryl group. Examples include a famoyl group, an N-acetylsulfamoyl group, an N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, and an N- (N′-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group.
 アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルスルフィニル基、6から30の置換又は無置換のアリールスルフィニル基、例えば、メチルスルフィニル基、エチルスルフィニル基、フェニルスルフィニル基、p-メチルフェニルスルフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl or arylsulfinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, phenyl. Examples thereof include a sulfinyl group and a p-methylphenylsulfinyl group.
 アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、6から30の置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, or a phenyl group. Examples thereof include a sulfonyl group and a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group.
 アシル基としては、好ましくは、ホルミル基、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換の炭素原子でカルボニル基と結合しているヘテロ環カルボニル基、例えば、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、2-クロロアセチル基、ステアロイル基、ベンゾイル基、p-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニル基、2-ピリジルカルボニル基、2-フリルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The acyl group is preferably a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Heterocyclic carbonyl groups bonded to carbonyl groups at substituted carbon atoms, eg, acetyl, pivaloyl, 2-chloroacetyl, stearoyl, benzoyl, pn-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl, 2-pyridyl Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and a 2-furylcarbonyl group.
 アリールオキシカルボニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基、o-クロロフェノキシカルボニル基、m-ニトロフェノキシカルボニル基、p-t-ブチルフェノキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, an m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, pt- A butylphenoxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
 アルコキシカルボニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、t-ブトキシカルボニル基、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, and an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group.
 カルバモイル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、例えば、カルバモイル基、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル基等が挙げられる。 The carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, an N-methylcarbamoyl group, an N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, or an N, N-di-n-octyl group. A carbamoyl group, an N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group, and the like can be given.
 アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基としては、好ましくは炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールアゾ基、炭素数3から30の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環アゾ基、例えば、フェニルアゾ基、p-クロロフェニルアゾ基、5-エチルチオ-1,3,4-チアジアゾール-2-イルアゾ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl or heterocyclic azo group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylazo group, p-chlorophenylazo Group, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo group and the like.
 イミド基としては、好ましくは、N-スクシンイミド基、N-フタルイミド基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the imide group include an N-succinimide group and an N-phthalimide group.
 ホスフィノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィノ基、例えば、ジメチルホスフィノ基、ジフェニルホスフィノ基、メチルフェノキシホスフィノ基等が挙げられる。 The phosphino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group, and the like.
 ホスフィニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニル基、例えば、ホスフィニル基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニル基、ジエトキシホスフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, and the like.
 ホスフィニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニルオキシ基、例えば、ジフェノキシホスフィニルオキシ基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group.
 ホスフィニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニルアミノ基、例えば、ジメトキシホスフィニルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノホスフィニルアミノ基が挙げられる。 The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group or a dimethylaminophosphinylamino group.
 シリル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のシリル基、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、t-ブチルジメチルシリル基、フェニルジメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the silyl group include substituted or unsubstituted silyl groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyl group, a t-butyldimethylsilyl group, and a phenyldimethylsilyl group.
(イオン性親水性基)
 スルホ基、カルボキシル基、チオカルボキシル基、スルフィノ基、ホスホノ基、ジヒドロキシホスフィノ基、4級アンモニウム基などが挙げられる。特に好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシル基である。またカルボキシル基、ホスホノ基及びスルホ基は塩の状態であってもよく、塩を形成する対カチオンの例には、アンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が含まれ、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩が好ましく、リチウム塩又はリチウム塩を主成分とする混合塩が更に好ましく、リチウム塩が最も好ましい。
(Ionic hydrophilic group)
A sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, a dihydroxyphosphino group, a quaternary ammonium group and the like can be mentioned. Particularly preferred are a sulfo group and a carboxyl group. The carboxyl group, phosphono group and sulfo group may be in the form of a salt. Examples of counter cations that form a salt include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic. Cation (eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium) is included, lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt is preferable, lithium salt or mixed salt containing lithium salt as a main component Are more preferred, and lithium salts are most preferred.
 本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物が含有するイオン性親水性基の対カチオン(一価のカウンターカチオン)は主成分としてリチウムイオンを含むことが好ましい。対カチオンはすべてリチウムイオンでなくてもよいが、上記各インク組成物中のリチウムイオン濃度は、各インク組成物中の対カチオン全体に対して、50質量%以上とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは75質量%以上、更に好ましくは80質量%であり、特に好ましくは95質量%以上である。
 このような存在比率の条件下において、インク組成物中には、水素イオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例えば、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(例えば、マグネシウムイオン、カルシウムイオンなど)、4級アンモニウムイオン、4級ホスホニウムイオン、スルホニウムイオンなどを対カチオンとして含むことができる。
The counter cation (monovalent counter cation) of the ionic hydrophilic group contained in the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention preferably contains lithium ions as a main component. The counter cations may not be all lithium ions, but the lithium ion concentration in each of the ink compositions is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total counter cations in each ink composition. Is 75% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more.
Under such conditions, the ink composition contains hydrogen ions, alkali metal ions (for example, sodium ions and potassium ions), alkaline earth metal ions (for example, magnesium ions and calcium ions), 4 A quaternary ammonium ion, a quaternary phosphonium ion, a sulfonium ion, or the like can be included as a counter cation.
 上記着色剤の対カチオンの種類及び比率については、日本化学会編“新実験化学講座9 分析化学”(1977年 丸善)及び日本化学会編“第4版 実験化学講座15 分析”(1991年 丸善)に、分析方法や元素についての各論が記載されているので、これを参考にして分析方法を選び、分析及び定量することができる。中でもイオンクロマトグラフィー、原子吸光法、誘導結合プラズマ発光分析法(ICP)などの分析法によって決定することが容易である。
 対カチオンがリチウムイオンを含む本発明の着色剤を得る方法としては、いずれの方法を使用してもよい。例えば、(1)イオン交換樹脂を用いて対カチオンを別のカチオンからリチウムイオンに変換する方法、(2)リチウムイオンを含む系から酸析又は塩析する方法、(3)対カチオンがリチウムイオンである原料及び合成中間体を用いて着色剤を形成させる方法、(4)対カチオンがリチウムイオンである反応剤を用いて、各色着色剤の官能基変換によってイオン性親水性基を導入する方法、(5)着色剤中のイオン性親水性基の対カチオンが銀イオンである化合物を合成し、これをリチウムハロゲン化物溶液と反応させ析出したハロゲン化銀を除去することで対カチオンをリチウムイオンにする方法、などが挙げられる。
Regarding the types and ratios of the counter cation of the colorant, the Chemical Society of Japan “New Experimental Chemistry Course 9 Analytical Chemistry” (1977 Maruzen) and the Chemical Society of Japan “4th edition Experimental Chemistry Course 15 Analysis” (1991 Maruzen) ) Describes various theories about analysis methods and elements, so that analysis methods can be selected, analyzed and quantified by referring to them. In particular, it is easy to determine by an analysis method such as ion chromatography, atomic absorption method, inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP).
As a method for obtaining the colorant of the present invention in which the counter cation contains lithium ions, any method may be used. For example, (1) a method of converting a counter cation from another cation to lithium ions using an ion exchange resin, (2) a method of acid precipitation or salting out from a system containing lithium ions, and (3) a counter cation of lithium ions A method of forming a colorant using a raw material and a synthetic intermediate, and (4) a method of introducing an ionic hydrophilic group by functional group conversion of each colorant using a reactive agent whose counter cation is a lithium ion (5) A compound in which the counter cation of the ionic hydrophilic group in the colorant is a silver ion is synthesized, and this is reacted with a lithium halide solution to remove the precipitated silver halide. The method of making it.
 各色着色剤中のイオン性親水性基としては、イオン性解離基である限りいかなるものであってもよい。好ましいイオン性親水性基としては、スルホ基(塩でもよい)、カルボキシル基(塩でもよい)、水酸基(塩でもよい)、ホスホノ基(塩でもよい)及び4級アンモニウム基、アシルスルファモイル基(塩でもよい)、スルホニルカルバモイル基(塩でもよい)、スルホニルスルファモイル基(塩でもよい)等が含まれる。
 好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基(それらの塩を含む)である。イオン性親水性基が塩の場合、好ましいカウンターカチオンはリチウム又はリチウムを主成分とするアルカリ金属(例えば、ナトリウム、カリウム)、アンモニウム、及び有機のカチオン(例えばピリジニウム、テトラメチルアンモニウム、グアニジニウム)混合塩を挙げることができ、その中でもリチウム又はリチウムを主成分とするアルカリ金属混合塩が好ましく、特にスルホ基のリチウム塩、カルボキシ基のリチウム塩が、水酸基のリチウム塩が好ましい。
The ionic hydrophilic group in each colorant may be any as long as it is an ionic dissociation group. Preferred ionic hydrophilic groups include a sulfo group (may be a salt), a carboxyl group (may be a salt), a hydroxyl group (may be a salt), a phosphono group (may be a salt), a quaternary ammonium group, and an acylsulfamoyl group. (May be a salt), a sulfonylcarbamoyl group (may be a salt), a sulfonylsulfamoyl group (may be a salt), and the like.
A sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group (including salts thereof) is preferable. When the ionic hydrophilic group is a salt, a preferable counter cation is lithium or a mixed salt of an alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium), ammonium, and an organic cation (for example, pyridinium, tetramethylammonium, guanidinium) based on lithium. Among them, lithium or an alkali metal mixed salt containing lithium as a main component is preferable, and a lithium salt of a sulfo group and a lithium salt of a carboxy group are particularly preferable.
(ハメットの置換基定数σp値)
 本明細書中で用いられるハメットの置換基定数σp値について説明する。
 ハメット則はベンゼン誘導体の反応又は平衡に及ぼす置換基の影響を定量的に論ずるために1935年L.P.Hammettにより提唱された経験則であるが、これは今日広く妥当性が認められている。ハメット則に求められた置換基定数にはσp値とσm値があり、これらの値は多くの一般的な成書に見出すことができるが、例えば、J.A.Dean編、「Lange’s Handbook of Chemistry」第12版、1979年(Mc Graw-Hill)や「化学の領域」増刊、122号、96~103頁、1979年(南光堂)に詳しい。なお、本発明において各置換基をハメットの置換基定数σpにより限定したり説明したりするが、これは上記の成書で見出せる、文献既知の値がある置換基にのみ限定されるという意味ではなく、その値が文献未知であってもハメット則に基づいて測定した場合にその範囲内に含まれるであろう置換基をも含むことはいうまでもない。本発明にかかる化合物はベンゼン誘導体ではないが、置換基の電子効果を示す尺度として、置換位置に関係なくσp値を使用する。本発明においては今後、σp値をこのような意味で使用する。
(Hammett's substituent constant σp value)
Hammett's substituent constant σp value used in this specification will be described.
Hammett's rule is a method described in 1935 in order to quantitatively discuss the effect of substituents on the reaction or equilibrium of benzene derivatives. P. A rule of thumb proposed by Hammett, which is widely accepted today. Substituent constants determined by Hammett's rule include a σp value and a σm value, and these values can be found in many general books. A. Dean, “Lange's Handbook of Chemistry”, 12th edition, 1979 (Mc Graw-Hill) and “Chemicals” special edition, 122, 96-103, 1979 (Nankodo). In the present invention, each substituent is limited or explained by Hammett's substituent constant σp, but this means that it is limited to only a substituent having a value known in the literature, which can be found in the above-mentioned book. Needless to say, even if the value is unknown, it includes a substituent that would be included in the range when measured based on Hammett's rule. Although the compound concerning this invention is not a benzene derivative, (sigma) p value is used as a scale which shows the electronic effect of a substituent irrespective of a substitution position. In the present invention, the σp value will be used in this sense.
 なお、本発明においては、化合物が塩である場合は、インク中では塩はイオンに解離して存在しているが、便宜上、「塩を含有する」と表現する。 In the present invention, when the compound is a salt, the salt is dissociated into ions in the ink, but it is expressed as “contains a salt” for convenience.
 次に、本願における基や置換基について説明する。 Next, groups and substituents in the present application will be described.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
 本明細書において、脂肪族基は、アルキル基、置換アルキル基、アルケニル基、置換アルケニル基、アルキニル基、置換アルキニル基、アラルキル基及び置換アラルキル基を意味する。脂肪族基は分岐を有していてもよく、また環を形成していてもよい。脂肪族基の炭素原子数は1~20であることが好ましく、1~16であることが更に好ましい。アラルキル基及び置換アラルキル基のアリール部分はフェニル又はナフチルであることが好ましく、フェニルが特に好ましい。脂肪族基の例には、メチル、エチル、ブチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ヒドロキシエチル、メトキシエチル、シアノエチル、トリフルオロメチル、3-スルホプロピル、4-スルホブチル、シクロヘキシル基、ベンジル基、2-フェネチル基、ビニル基、及びアリル基を挙げることができる。 In the present specification, an aliphatic group means an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, and a substituted aralkyl group. The aliphatic group may have a branch and may form a ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-16. The aryl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl. Examples of aliphatic groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, cyclohexyl groups, benzyl groups, 2-phenethyl Groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups.
 本明細書において、1価の芳香族基はアリール基及び置換アリール基を意味する。アリール基は、フェニル又はナフチルであることが好ましく、フェニルが特に好ましい。1価の芳香族基の炭素原子数は6~20であることが好ましく、6から16が更に好ましい。1価の芳香族基の例には、フェニル、p-トリル、p-メトキシフェニル、o-クロロフェニル及びm-(3-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェニルが含まれる。2価の芳香族基は、これらの1価の芳香族基を2価にしたものであり、その例にはとしてフェニレン、p-トリレン、p-メトキシフェニレン、o-クロロフェニレン及びm-(3-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェニレン、ナフチレンなどが含まれる。 In the present specification, the monovalent aromatic group means an aryl group and a substituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl. The number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 16. Examples of the monovalent aromatic group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl. The divalent aromatic group is a divalent version of these monovalent aromatic groups. Examples thereof include phenylene, p-tolylene, p-methoxyphenylene, o-chlorophenylene, and m- (3 -Sulfopropylamino) phenylene, naphthylene and the like.
 複素環基には、置換基を有する複素環基及び無置換の複素環基が含まれる。複素環に脂肪族環、芳香族環又は他の複素環が縮合していてもよい。複素環基としては、5員又は6員環の複素環基が好ましく、複素環のヘテロ原子としてはN、O、及びSをあげることができる。上記置換基の例には、脂肪族基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルアミノ基、スルファモイル基、カルバモイル基、イオン性親水性基などが含まれる。複素環基の例には、2-ピリジル基、2-チエニル基、2-チアゾリル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、2-ベンゾオキサゾリル基及び2-フリル基が含まれる。2価の複素環基は上記の1価の複素環中の水素原子を取り除いて、結合手になった基である。 The heterocyclic group includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or another heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group, and N, O, and S can be exemplified as the hetero atom of the heterocyclic ring. Examples of the substituent include aliphatic groups, halogen atoms, alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, acyl groups, acylamino groups, sulfamoyl groups, carbamoyl groups, ionic hydrophilic groups, and the like. Examples of the heterocyclic group include 2-pyridyl group, 2-thienyl group, 2-thiazolyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 2-benzoxazolyl group and 2-furyl group. The divalent heterocyclic group is a group that has become a bond by removing a hydrogen atom from the monovalent heterocyclic ring.
 カルバモイル基には、置換基を有するカルバモイル基及び無置換のカルバモイル基が含まれる。上記置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。上記カルバモイル基の例には、メチルカルバモイル基及びジメチルカルバモイル基が含まれる。 The carbamoyl group includes a carbamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyl group include a methylcarbamoyl group and a dimethylcarbamoyl group.
 アルコキシカルボニル基には、置換基を有するアルコキシカルボニル基及び無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニル基としては、炭素原子数が2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記アルコキシカルボニル基の例には、メトキシカルボニル基及びエトキシカルボニル基が含まれる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group includes an alkoxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
 アリールオキシカルボニル基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシカルボニル基及び無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニル基としては、炭素原子数が7~20のアリールオキシカルボニル基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記アリールオキシカルボニル基の例には、フェノキシカルボニル基が含まれる。 The aryloxycarbonyl group includes an aryloxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group.
 複素環オキシカルボニル基には、置換基を有する複素環オキシカボニル基及び無置換の複素環オキシカルボニル基が含まれる。複素環オキシカルボニル基としては、炭素原子数が2~20の複素環オキシカルボニル基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記複素環オキシカルボニル基の例には、2-ピリジルオキシカルボニル基が含まれる。アシル基には、置換基を有するアシル基及び無置換のアシル基が含まれる。上記アシル基としては、炭素原子数が1~20のアシル基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記アシル基の例には、アセチル基及びベンゾイル基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group includes a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group. The heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group is preferably a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group include a 2-pyridyloxycarbonyl group. The acyl group includes an acyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyl group. The acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a benzoyl group.
 アルコキシ基には、置換基を有するアルコキシ基及び無置換のアルコキシ基が含まれる。アルコキシ基としては、炭素原子数が1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記アルコキシ基の例には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、メトキシエトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基及び3-カルボキシプロポキシ基が含まれる。 The alkoxy group includes an alkoxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxy group. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.
 アリールオキシ基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシ基及び無置換のアリールオキシ基が含まれる。アリールオキシ基としては、炭素原子数が6~20のアリールオキシ基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、アルコキシ基及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記アリールオキシ基の例には、フェノキシ基、p-メトキシフェノキシ基及びo-メトキシフェノキシ基が含まれる。 The aryloxy group includes an aryloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxy group. The aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxy group include phenoxy group, p-methoxyphenoxy group and o-methoxyphenoxy group.
 複素環オキシ基には、置換基を有する複素環オキシ基及び無置換の複素環オキシ基が含まれる。上記複素環オキシ基としては、炭素原子数が2~20の複素環オキシ基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。上記複素環オキシ基の例には、3-ピリジルオキシ基、3-チエニルオキシ基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic oxy group includes a substituted heterocyclic oxy group and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group. The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include a 3-pyridyloxy group and a 3-thienyloxy group.
 シリルオキシ基としては、炭素原子数が1~20の脂肪族基、芳香族基が置換したシリルオキシ基が好ましい。シリルオキシ基の例には、トリメチルシリルオキシ、ジフェニルメチルシリルオキシが含まれる。 The silyloxy group is preferably a silyloxy group substituted with an aliphatic group or aromatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the silyloxy group include trimethylsilyloxy and diphenylmethylsilyloxy.
 アシルオキシ基には、置換基を有するアシルオキシ基及び無置換のアシルオキシ基が含まれる。アシルオキシ基としては、炭素原子数1~20のアシルオキシ基が好ましい。上記置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アシルオキシ基の例には、アセトキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基が含まれる。 The acyloxy group includes an acyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyloxy group. The acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetoxy group and a benzoyloxy group.
 カルバモイルオキシ基には、置換基を有するカルバモイルオキシ基及び無置換のカルバモイルオキシ基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。カルバモイルオキシ基の例には、N-メチルカルバモイルオキシ基が含まれる。 The carbamoyloxy group includes a carbamoyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyloxy group include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
 アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基には、置換基を有するアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基及び無置換のアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、炭素原子数が2~20のアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基が好ましい。アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基の例には、メトキシカルボニルオキシ基、イソプロポキシカルボニルオキシ基が含まれる。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group includes an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group. The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyloxy group include a methoxycarbonyloxy group and an isopropoxycarbonyloxy group.
 アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基及び無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、炭素原子数が7~20のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基が好ましい。アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基の例には、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ基が含まれる。 The aryloxycarbonyloxy group includes an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group. The aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyloxy group include a phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
 アミノ基には、アルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基で置換されたアミノ基が含まれ、アルキル基、アリール基及び複素環基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。アルキルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数1~20のアルキルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルキルアミノ基の例には、メチルアミノ基及びジエチルアミノ基が含まれる。アリールアミノ基には、置換基を有するアリールアミノ基及び無置換のアリールアミノ基、更にはアニリノ基が含まれる。アリールアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が6~20のアリールアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールアミノ基の例としては、フェニルアミノ基及び2-クロロフェニルアミノ基が含まれる。
 複素環アミノ基には、置換基を有する複素環アミノ基及び無置換の複素環アミノ基が含まれる。複素環アミノ基としては、炭素数2~20個の複素環アミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。
The amino group includes an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent. The alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylamino group include a methylamino group and a diethylamino group. The arylamino group includes an arylamino group having a substituent, an unsubstituted arylamino group, and an anilino group. The arylamino group is preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamino group include a phenylamino group and a 2-chlorophenylamino group.
The heterocyclic amino group includes a heterocyclic amino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic amino group. The heterocyclic amino group is preferably a heterocyclic amino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
 アシルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアシルアミノ基及び無置換基のアシルアミノ基が含まれる。上記アシルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が2~20のアシルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アシルアミノ基の例には、アセチルアミノ基、プロピオニルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基、N-フェニルアセチルアミノ及び3,5-ジスルホベンゾイルアミノ基が含まれる。 The acylamino group includes an acylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acylamino group. The acylamino group is preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acylamino group include an acetylamino group, a propionylamino group, a benzoylamino group, an N-phenylacetylamino group, and a 3,5-disulfobenzoylamino group.
 ウレイド基には、置換基を有するウレイド基及び無置換のウレイド基が含まれる。ウレイド基としては、炭素原子数が1~20のウレイド基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルキル基及びアリール基が含まれる。ウレイド基の例には、3-メチルウレイド基、3,3-ジメチルウレイド基及び3-フェニルウレイド基が含まれる。 The ureido group includes a ureido group having a substituent and an unsubstituted ureido group. The ureido group is preferably a ureido group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the ureido group include a 3-methylureido group, a 3,3-dimethylureido group, and a 3-phenylureido group.
 スルファモイルアミノ基には、置換基を有するスルファモイルアミノ基及び無置換のスルファモイルアミノ基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。スルファモイルアミノ基の例には、N, N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ基が含まれる。 The sulfamoylamino group includes a sulfamoylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the sulfamoylamino group include N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group.
 アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基及び無置換のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が2~20のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基の例には、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group includes an alkoxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
 アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシカボニルアミノ基及び無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が7~20のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基の例には、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group includes an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group. The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
 アルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基、及び無置換のアルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基が含まれる。スルホニルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が1~20のスルホニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。これらスルホニルアミノ基の例には、メチルスルホニルアミノ基、N-フェニル-メチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、及び3-カルボキシフェニルスルホニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups, and unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups. The sulfonylamino group is preferably a sulfonylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of these sulfonylamino groups include a methylsulfonylamino group, an N-phenyl-methylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, and a 3-carboxyphenylsulfonylamino group.
 複素環スルホニルアミノ基には、置換基を有する複素環スルホニルアミノ基及び無置換の複素環スルホニルアミノ基が含まれる。複素環スルホニルアミノ基としては、炭素原子数が1~12の複素環スルホニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。複素環スルホニルアミノ基の例には、2-チオフェンスルホニルアミノ基、3-ピリジンスルホニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic sulfonylamino group includes a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfonylamino group. The heterocyclic sulfonylamino group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic sulfonylamino group include a 2-thiophenesulfonylamino group and a 3-pyridinesulfonylamino group.
 複素環スルホニル基には、置換基を有する複素環スルホニル基及び無置換の複素環スルホニル基が含まれる。複素環スルホニル基としては、炭素原子数が1~20の複素環スルホニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。複素環スルホニル基の例には、2-チオフェンスルホニル基、3-ピリジンスルホニル基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic sulfonyl group includes a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfonyl group. The heterocyclic sulfonyl group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic sulfonyl group include a 2-thiophenesulfonyl group and a 3-pyridinesulfonyl group.
 複素環スルフィニル基には、置換基を有する複素環スルフィニル基及び無置換の複素環スルフィニル基が含まれる。複素環スルフィニル基としては、炭素原子数が1~20の複素環スルフィニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。複素環スルフィニル基の例には、4-ピリジンスルフィニル基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic sulfinyl group includes a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic sulfinyl group. The heterocyclic sulfinyl group is preferably a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic sulfinyl group include a 4-pyridinesulfinyl group.
 アルキル、アリール及び複素環チオ基には、置換基を有するアルキル、アリール及び複素環チオ基と無置換のアルキル、アリール及び複素環チオ基が含まれる。アルキル、アリール及び複素環チオ基としては、炭素原子数が1から20のものが好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルキル、アリール及び複素環チオ基の例には、メチルチオ基、フェニルチオ基、2-ピリジルチオ基が含まれる。 Alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups include substituted alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups and unsubstituted alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups. Alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups are preferably those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkyl, aryl and heterocyclic thio groups include a methylthio group, a phenylthio group, and a 2-pyridylthio group.
 アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基には、置換基を有するアルキル及びアリールスルホニル基、無置換のアルキル及びアリールスルホニル基が含まれる。アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基の例としては、それぞれメチルスルホニル基及びフェニルスルホニル基を挙げることができる。 The alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups. Examples of the alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups include a methylsulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group, respectively.
 アルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基には、置換基を有するアルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基、無置換のアルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基が含まれる。アルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基の例としては、それぞれメチルスルフィニル基及びフェニルスルフィニル基を挙げることができる。 The alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups include substituted alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups, unsubstituted alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups. Examples of the alkyl and arylsulfinyl groups include a methylsulfinyl group and a phenylsulfinyl group, respectively.
 スルファモイル基には、置換基を有するスルファモイル基及び無置換のスルファモイル基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。スルファモイル基の例には、ジメチルスルファモイル基及びジ-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)スルファモイル基が含まれる。 The sulfamoyl group includes a sulfamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the sulfamoyl group include a dimethylsulfamoyl group and a di- (2-hydroxyethyl) sulfamoyl group.
 また、本発明における置換基とは、置換可能な基であればよく、例えば脂肪族基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基、脂肪族オキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、脂肪族オキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、脂肪族スルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基、脂肪族スルホニルオキシ基、アリールスルホニルオキシ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルオキシ基、スルファモイル基、脂肪族スルホンアミド基、アリールスルホンアミド基、ヘテロ環スルホンアミド基、アミノ基、脂肪族アミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロ環アミノ基、脂肪族オキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニルアミノ基、脂肪族スルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、脂肪族チオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、脂肪族オキシアミノ基、アリールオキシアミノ基、カルバモイルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、ハロゲン原子、スルファモイルカルバモイル基、カルバモイルスルファモイル基、ジ脂肪族オキシホスフィニル基、ジアリールオキシホスフィニル基、イオン性親水性基(例えば、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、ホスホノ基及び4級アンモニウム基)等を挙げることができる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基から選択される基を挙げることができる。 Further, the substituent in the present invention may be any group that can be substituted. For example, an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aryloxy group, a hetero group Ring oxy group, aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, aliphatic sulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, heterocyclic sulfonyl group, aliphatic sulfonyloxy group, arylsulfonyloxy group, hetero Ring sulfonyloxy group, sulfamoyl group, aliphatic sulfonamide group, aryl sulfonamide group, heterocyclic sulfonamide group, amino group, aliphatic amino group, arylamino group, heterocyclic amino group, aliphatic oxycarbonylamino group, aryl Oxycarbonylamino group, hetero Oxycarbonylamino group, aliphatic sulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, aliphatic thio group, arylthio group, hydroxy group, cyano group, sulfo group, carboxy group, aliphatic oxyamino group, aryloxyamino group, carbamoylamino group, sulfo group Famoylamino group, halogen atom, sulfamoylcarbamoyl group, carbamoylsulfamoyl group, dialiphatic oxyphosphinyl group, diaryloxyphosphinyl group, ionic hydrophilic group (for example, carboxyl group, sulfo group, Phosphono group and quaternary ammonium group). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include groups selected from the substituents described above.
 以下に、本発明のインク組成物について説明する。
 本発明のインク組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を含有する。
The ink composition of the present invention will be described below.
The ink composition of the present invention contains a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (1).
 インク組成物が、一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を含有することにより、耐オゾン性、特に初期段階の耐オゾン性が高く、色変わりが小さく、しかも耐光性にも優れたインク組成物が提供される。この理由としては、下記のメカニズムが考えられる。
 オゾンの反応は、1,3-双極子付加反応、親電子反応等が知られており、例えばオレフィンとの反応は下記のスキーム1のように反応することが知られている。また、スルフィド、アミン等の電子供与的なものと反応し、例えばスルホキシドやアミンオキシドを形成する。
When the ink composition contains the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1), the ink composition has high ozone resistance, particularly ozone resistance at the initial stage, small color change, and excellent light resistance. Things are provided. The following mechanism can be considered as this reason.
As the reaction of ozone, 1,3-dipolar addition reaction, electrophilic reaction and the like are known. For example, the reaction with olefin is known to react as shown in the following scheme 1. Further, it reacts with electron donating compounds such as sulfide and amine to form, for example, sulfoxide and amine oxide.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 例えば国際公開第2012/081640号パンフレット記載の下記化合物(本願比較例化合物(2))はオゾンと反応しうるスルフィドが発色団に直接結合している。この化合物のオゾン堅牢性を評価すると、初期段階として、色変化を生じていた(図1参照。スペクトルの測定は、X-rite310TR(エックスライト社製)を用いた)。このように、オゾンと反応しうる基が発色団に直接結合していると、オゾンと反応した際に発色団が影響を受けやすく、変色を著しく引き起こすことがある。 For example, in the following compound described in International Publication No. 2012/081640 (Comparative Example Compound (2)), sulfide capable of reacting with ozone is directly bonded to the chromophore. When the ozone fastness of this compound was evaluated, a color change occurred as an initial stage (see FIG. 1. X-rite 310TR (manufactured by X-Rite) was used for spectrum measurement). Thus, when a group capable of reacting with ozone is directly bonded to the chromophore, the chromophore is easily affected when reacting with ozone, which may cause discoloration remarkably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 筆者らは鋭意検討した結果、オゾンと反応しうる基が発色団には直接結合せず、連結基を介して結合していることで発色団が影響を受けにくくなり、初期の色変化を引き起こすことなく、オゾンに対して発色団の身代わり性基として有効に働くことを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。
 以下に一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料について具体的に示す。
As a result of intensive studies, the groups that can react with ozone do not bind directly to the chromophore, but are bonded via a linking group, making the chromophore less susceptible and causing an initial color change. The inventors have found that it effectively works as a chromophore substitution group for ozone, and completed the present invention.
The water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) is specifically shown below.
〔一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料〕
 本発明のインク組成物において使用するアゾ染料は、一般式(1)で表される。以下に、一般式(1)で表されるアゾ染料(ブラック染料)(以下「一般式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物」と称する場合がある)について説明する。
[Water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1)]
The azo dye used in the ink composition of the present invention is represented by the general formula (1). The azo dye (black dye) represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “azo compound represented by the general formula (1)”) will be described below.
一般式(1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
General formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(1)中、
 Aは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。
 Gは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表す。
 Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。
In general formula (1),
A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Lは連結基を表す。
 nは0、1又は2を表す。
 Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはL又はLと環を形成していても良い。
 mは1又は2を表す。
 Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。
L 2 represents a linking group.
n represents 0, 1 or 2.
L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
m represents 1 or 2.
Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
 一般式(1)におけるAは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。アリール基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基が含まれる。更に詳しくは、置換基群Jを有するアリール基が挙げられる。
 Aが表すアリール基は、炭素数6~30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基が好ましく、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のナフチル基がより好ましい。置換基の例としては、前述の置換基群Jの項で述べた基が挙げられ、上記イオン性親水性基又は上記ハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基が好ましい。
A in the general formula (1) represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. The aryl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. More specifically, an aryl group having substituent group J can be mentioned.
The aryl group represented by A is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned Substituent Group J, and the ionic hydrophilic group or the Hammett's σp value is preferably 0.3 or more.
 Aが表す含窒素ヘテロ環基は、置換若しくは無置換の含窒素へテロ環基が含まれる。Aが表すヘテロ環基としては、5員の、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族又は非芳香族のへテロ環化合物から1個の水素原子を取り除いた1価の基が好ましく、炭素数2~4の5員の芳香族へテロ環基がより好ましい。置換基の例としては、前述の置換基群Jの項で述べた基が挙げられる。上記含窒素5員ヘテロ環基としては、置換位置を限定しないで表すと、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環が挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group represented by A includes a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group represented by A is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and has 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferable. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned Substituent group J. Examples of the nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
 Aは置換基を有するアリール基であることが好ましく、イオン性親水性基又はハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基を有するアリール基であることがより好ましく、イオン性親水性基又はハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基を有するナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、イオン性親水性基及びハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基を有するナフチル基であることが最も好ましい。 A is preferably an aryl group having a substituent, more preferably an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group having a Hammett σp value of 0.2 or more, and an ionic hydrophilic group. More preferably, the naphthyl group has an electron withdrawing group having a group or Hammett's σp value of 0.2 or more, and an ionic hydrophilic group and an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.2 or more. Most preferably, it is a naphthyl group.
 一般式(1)におけるGは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表し、カルバモイル基が置換基を有する場合の置換基としてはアルキル基(メチル基、エチル基)、アリール基(フェニル基)を挙げることができる。 G in the general formula (1) represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group. When the carbamoyl group has a substituent, the substituent is an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group), An aryl group (phenyl group) can be mentioned.
 Gは-C(R)=であることが好ましい。Rは、カルバモイル基(-CONH基)又はシアノ基であることが好ましく、シアノ基であることがより好ましい。 G is preferably —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 is preferably a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 group) or a cyano group, and more preferably a cyano group.
 一般式(1)中、Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。 In General Formula (1), L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Rが表す置換基としては、置換基群A’を挙げることができ、無置換の炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~6のアシル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、2-カルボキシエチル基、又はアセチル基であることがより好ましい。
 Rは水素原子であることが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by R 4 include the substituent group A ′, which is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an acyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, -It is more preferably a carboxyethyl group or an acetyl group.
R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Lは以下の群L’から選ばれる連結基であることがより好ましい。 L 1 is more preferably a linking group selected from the following group L 1 ′.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、*はフェニル基との連結位置を表し、**はLとの連結位置を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Rは上記群L中に示したRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
In the formula, * represents a connecting position with a phenyl group, and ** represents a connecting position with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
R 4 has the same meaning as R 4 shown in the above-mentioned group L 1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(1)中、Lは連結基を表す。nは0、1又は2を表す。
 Lが表す連結基は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロ環残基、-CO-、-SO-、-NR11-(R11は水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す)、-O-、及びこれらの連結基を組み合わせた二価若しくは三価の基であることが好ましい。更にこれらは、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アシル基、アシルアミノ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシル基、スルファモイル基、カルバモイル基、スルホンアミド基等の置換基を有していても良い。
 Lは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CO-、-NH-、-O-及びこれらの連結基を組み合わせた二価の基がより好ましい。
In general formula (1), L 2 represents a linking group. n represents 0, 1 or 2.
The linking group represented by L 2 is an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heterocyclic residue, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —NR 11 — (R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group), — O— and a divalent or trivalent group obtained by combining these linking groups are preferable. Furthermore, these may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an acyl group, an acylamino group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfonamide group. .
L 2 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CO—, —NH—, —O—, or a divalent group obtained by combining these linking groups.
 一般式(1)中、Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
 本願においてオゾン褪色防止基とは、オゾンと反応しうる基であり、一般式(1)中の発色団の身代わり性基として有効に働くことで、初期段階の色変化を抑制する効果をもたらす。オゾン褪色防止基としては、オゾンと反応しうる基であれば特に制限はないが、具体的にはチオエーテル、不飽和二重結合、N-アルキル基、アルデヒド基、ヒドラジンなどが挙げられる。
In the general formula (1), L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
In the present application, the ozone fading preventing group is a group capable of reacting with ozone, and effectively acts as a substitution group for the chromophore in the general formula (1), thereby bringing about an effect of suppressing color change in the initial stage. The ozone fading preventing group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group capable of reacting with ozone, and specific examples include thioether, unsaturated double bond, N-alkyl group, aldehyde group, hydrazine and the like.
 Lは、以下の群Lから選ばれる基を表すことが好ましい。 L 3 preferably represents a group selected from the following group L 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式中、R、R、R、R、及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
 なお、
In the formula, R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
In addition,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
は、cisでもtransでもよい。 May be cis or trans.
 R、R、R、R及びRが表す置換基としては、置換基群A’を挙げることができ、置換又は無置換のアルキル基、アシル基、アリール基又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。
 R、R、R、R及びRは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、アリール基又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。
 kは0~3の整数を表し、0~2の整数を表すことが好ましい。
 pは1~6の整数を表し、1~4の整数を表すことが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 include a substituent group A ′, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, acyl group, aryl group or ionic hydrophilicity It is preferably a group.
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an aryl group or an ionic hydrophilic group.
k represents an integer of 0 to 3, and preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2.
p represents an integer of 1 to 6, and preferably represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 Lは、以下の群L’から選ばれる基であることがより好ましい。 L 3 is more preferably a group selected from the following group L 3 ′.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
 R、R、k及びpは上記群L中に示したR、R、k及びpと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
In the formula, R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
R 5, R 6, k and p have the same meanings as R 5, R 6, k and p shown in the group L 3, and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(1)中、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはLと環を形成していても良い。
 Rが表す置換基としては、置換基群Jを挙げることができる。Rが表す置換基は、更に置換基群Jに挙げられる置換基によって繰り返し置換されていてもよい。
 Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルチオ基、メルカプト基、ヒドロキシル基、アルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキル基、又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。
In general formula (1), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 .
Examples of the substituent represented by R 3 include substituent group J. The substituent represented by R 3 may be further repeatedly substituted with a substituent listed in the substituent group J.
The substituent represented by R 3 is preferably an alkyl group, aryl group, alkylthio group, mercapto group, hydroxyl group, alkyloxy group, cycloalkyl group, or ionic hydrophilic group.
R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an ionic hydrophilic group.
 一般式(1)におけるイオン性親水性基としては、-SO又は-COが好ましく、-SOがより好ましく、-SOLiが特に好ましい。 As the ionic hydrophilic group in the general formula (1), —SO 3 M 1 or —CO 2 M 1 is preferable, —SO 3 M 1 is more preferable, and —SO 3 Li is particularly preferable.
 上記M及び一般式(1)におけるMはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。一価のカウンターカチオンとしては、例えばアンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が挙げられる。リチウムイオン以外の対カチオンとしては、カリウムイオン、ナトリウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオンがより好ましい。 M 1 and M in the general formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation. Examples of monovalent counter cations include ammonium ions, alkali metal ions (eg, lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylammonium ions, tetramethylguanidinium ions, tetramethylphosphonium). Can be mentioned. As counter cations other than lithium ions, potassium ions and sodium ions are preferable, and sodium ions are more preferable.
 形成される塩としては、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩が好ましく、リチウム塩又はリチウム塩を主成分とする混合塩が更に好ましく、リチウム塩が最も好ましい。
 一般式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が混合塩である場合、水に対する溶解性、水溶液の粘度、表面張力、高濃度水溶液の貯蔵安定性の観点から、リチウム塩とナトリウム塩の混合塩であることが好ましく、複数のMの一部がリチウムイオンを表し残りのMがナトリウムイオンを表す態様であっても、一般式(1)中の全てのMがリチウムイオンを表す染料と、一般式(1)中の全てのMがナトリウムイオンを表す染料とを混合した態様であってもよい。
 Mがリチウム塩とナトリウム塩の混合塩である場合、リチウム塩とナトリウム塩のモル比(Li:Na)は99:1~25:75であることが好ましく、特に99:1~50:50が好ましく、更に99:1~55:45が好ましくその中でも特に99:1~65:35であることが最も好ましい。この範囲であれば、水に対する溶解度・溶解速度が良好で、高濃度水溶液の粘度、表面張力の調整が容易となり、更に高濃度水溶液の貯蔵安定性に優れる傾向となるため、例えば水溶性インク組成物特にインクジェット用水溶性インクのインク組成物の構成要件の処方設計が容易となり、インクジェット用水溶性インクの要求性能を高いレベルで満たす優れた原料(高濃度水溶液、インク組成物)を提供できるという効果を奏する。
 上記混合塩のカチオンの比は、イオンクロマト分析により測定することができる。
As a salt to be formed, a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, or an ammonium salt is preferable, a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component is more preferable, and a lithium salt is most preferable.
When the azo compound represented by the general formula (1) is a mixed salt, it is a mixed salt of a lithium salt and a sodium salt from the viewpoints of solubility in water, aqueous solution viscosity, surface tension, and storage stability of a high concentration aqueous solution. It is preferable that a part of a plurality of M represents a lithium ion and the remaining M represents a sodium ion. A mode in which all M in (1) is mixed with a dye representing a sodium ion may be used.
When M is a mixed salt of a lithium salt and a sodium salt, the molar ratio of lithium salt to sodium salt (Li: Na) is preferably 99: 1 to 25:75, particularly 99: 1 to 50:50. 99: 1 to 55:45 is more preferable, and 99: 1 to 65:35 is most preferable among them. Within this range, the solubility and dissolution rate in water are good, the viscosity and surface tension of the high-concentration aqueous solution can be easily adjusted, and the storage stability of the high-concentration aqueous solution tends to be excellent. In particular, the prescription design of the constituent requirements of the ink composition of the water-soluble ink for ink jet becomes easy, and an excellent raw material (high concentration aqueous solution, ink composition) that satisfies the required performance of the water-soluble ink for ink jet at a high level can be provided. Play.
The ratio of cations of the mixed salt can be measured by ion chromatography analysis.
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
一般式(2):
The compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
General formula (2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(2)中、
 X、X、X、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
 一般式(2)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。
In general formula (2),
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
G in formula (2) in, L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3, m, and M is G in formula (1), L 1, L 2, n, L 3, R 3 Synonymous with m and M.
 一般式(2)において、X、X、X、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。X、X、X、X、X、X及びXが置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、上記の置換基Jを挙げることができる。
 X、X、X、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、ニトロ基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基、置換又は無置換のスルファモイル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、塩素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、メタンスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、ニトロ基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基であることが特に好ましい。
 一般式(2)において、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基群Jのいずれかであることが好ましく、更に、X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基を表すことが好ましい。
 X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つが、σp値がこの範囲の電子求引性基であれば、アゾ化合物の色相調整と光堅牢性及びオゾンガス堅牢性向上が可能であり、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料として使用する点で効果を得ることができる。
In the general formula (2), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. As the substituent in the case where X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 represent a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent J can be mentioned.
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or It is preferably an unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, nitro group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, hydrogen atom, chlorine atom, ionic hydrophilicity Group, cyano group, methanesulfonyl group, phenylsulfonyl group, nitro group, methoxycarbonyl group, and carbamoyl group are more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, or nitro group is particularly preferable. .
In the general formula (2), X 1 , X 3 , X 5 and X 7 are each independently preferably either a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J. Furthermore, X 2 , X 4 and X 6 At least one of these preferably represents an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more.
If at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is an electron-withdrawing group having a σp value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness and ozone gas fastness can be improved. An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
 X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、ニトロ基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基、置換又は無置換のスルファモイル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、塩素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、メタンスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、ニトロ基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基であることが特に好ましい。 X 2 , X 4 and X 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, nitro group, substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl A group, a nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group are more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, or a nitro group is particularly preferable.
 更に、X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基を表すことが好ましく、ハメットの置換基定数σp値の上限としては1.0以下の電子求引性基であり、X、及びXがイオン性水酸基であって、Xがハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基を表すことがより好ましい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 represents an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.2 or more. More preferably, it is an electron withdrawing group of 0 or less, X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydroxyl groups, and X 4 represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett σp value of 0.2 or more.
 σp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基の具体例としては、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ジアルキルホスホノ基、ジアリールホスホノ基、ジアリールホスフィニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホニルオキシ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、チオシアネート基、チオカルボニル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン化アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン化アルキルチオ基、ハロゲン原子、σp値が0.3以上の他の電子求引性基で置換されたアリール基、ニトロ基、ヘテロ環基、ハロゲン原子、アゾ基、又はセレノシアネート基が挙げられる。好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、メトキシカルボニル基、塩素原子、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基であり、より好ましくはシアノ基、塩素原子、メチルスルホニル基、ニトロ基である。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.2 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, halogen atom, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having σp value of 0.3 or more, nitro group, heterocyclic ring Group, halogen atom, azo group, or Includes a selenocyanate group. A cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a chlorine atom, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a chlorine atom, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
 色相、着色力、水溶性の貯蔵安定性の観点から、上記の中でも、X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはイオン性親水性基であることが好ましく、X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基であることが好ましく、Xがハメットのσp値が0.2以上の電子求引性基であって、X、及びXがイオン性親水性基であることがより好ましい。イオン性親水性基としては、-SO又は-CO(Mは水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。)が好ましく、-SOがより好ましく、-SOLiが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of hue, coloring power, and water-soluble storage stability, among the above, at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and X 2 , X 4 , and it is preferable that at least one of X 6 is σp value of Hammett's 0.2 or more electron-withdrawing group, X 3 is σp value of Hammett's a 0.2 or more electron-withdrawing group More preferably, X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydrophilic groups. As the ionic hydrophilic group, —SO 3 M 1 or —CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation) is preferable, —SO 3 M 1 is more preferable, —SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.
 一般式(2)中のG、L、L、L、R及びMの例は、それぞれ独立に上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、L、R及びMの例と同義であり、好ましい例も同じである。 Examples of G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 and M in the general formula (2) are each independently G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 in the general formula (1). And examples of M, and preferable examples are also the same.
 上記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(3)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
一般式(3):
The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
General formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(3)中、G、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。 In the general formula (3), G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R 3 , m, and M are G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R in the general formula (1). 3 Synonymous with m and M.
 一般式(3)中のG、L、L、L、R及びMの例は、それぞれ独立に上記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、L、R及びMの例と同義であり、好ましい例も同じである。 Examples of G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 and M in the general formula (3) are each independently G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 3 in the general formula (1). And examples of M, and preferable examples are also the same.
 上記一般式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物は、色相調整と光堅牢性及びオゾンガス堅牢性向上が可能であり、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料として使用する点で高い効果を得ることができる。 The azo compound represented by the general formula (3) is capable of adjusting the hue, improving light fastness and ozone gas fastness, and can obtain a high effect in terms of use as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink.
 一般式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明に用いられるアゾ化合物は、下記の例に限定されるものではない。
 なお、以下の具体例の化学構造式において、二重結合部分(オレフィン相当部分)が交差しているものは、E体、又はE体及びZ体の幾何異性体混合物を表す。
 例示化合物中、Mは特に限定するものではないが、水素原子、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、4級アンモニウム塩、又はそれらの混合物を表す。
Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the general formula (1) are shown below, but the azo compound used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
In the chemical structural formulas of the following specific examples, those in which double bond portions (olefin-corresponding portions) cross each other represent E-form or a mixture of geometric isomers of E-form and Z-form.
In the exemplified compounds, M is not particularly limited, but represents a hydrogen atom, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, a quaternary ammonium salt, or a mixture thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 また、本発明は上記一般式(1)、一般式(2)、又は一般式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物にも関し、本発明のアゾ化合物を色素(着色剤)として用いた水溶液及び水溶性インク組成物は、染料や顔料などの色材とそれの分散剤(溶媒など)を含有する組成物を意味し、特に画像形成に好適に使用できる。 The present invention also relates to an azo compound represented by the above general formula (1), general formula (2), or general formula (3), and an aqueous solution using the azo compound of the present invention as a coloring matter (colorant) and The water-soluble ink composition means a composition containing a coloring material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersant (such as a solvent) thereof, and can be particularly suitably used for image formation.
(インク組成物)
 本発明のインク組成物(本発明のインクともいう)は、一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を水性媒体中に含有するものであり、好ましくは水性媒体中に溶解してなる。一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を使用することで、耐オゾン性、特に初期段階の耐オゾン性が高く、色変わりが小さく、しかも耐光性にも優れたインク組成物が提供される。本発明のインク組成物は、ブラック用インクとして好ましく用いることができる。
 一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料のインク組成物中での含有量は、インク組成物全質量に対し、好ましくは、0.1~10質量%であり、より好ましくは、0.7~6.0質量%である。この範囲とすることで、形成する画像の耐光性、対オゾン性、耐水性がより良好となり、色調にもより優れ、より良好なインクジェット特性を得ることができる傾向にある。
 また本発明のインク組成物は、インクジェット記録用インクとして用いられることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明は、本発明のインク組成物を含有するインクジェット記録用インクにも関する。インクジェット記録用インクにおける一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料の含有量は、インク組成物中における含有量と同様である。
(Ink composition)
The ink composition of the present invention (also referred to as the ink of the present invention) contains the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in an aqueous medium, and is preferably dissolved in the aqueous medium. By using the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1), an ink composition having high ozone resistance, particularly ozone resistance at an initial stage, small color change, and excellent light resistance is provided. . The ink composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a black ink.
The content of the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in the ink composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink composition. 7 to 6.0% by mass. By setting it within this range, the light resistance, ozone resistance, and water resistance of the image to be formed are improved, the color tone is excellent, and better ink jet characteristics tend to be obtained.
The ink composition of the present invention is preferably used as an ink for ink jet recording. That is, the present invention also relates to an ink jet recording ink containing the ink composition of the present invention. The content of the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in the ink for inkjet recording is the same as the content in the ink composition.
 本発明のインク組成物(好ましくはインクジェット記録用インク)には、一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料とともに、色調を整えるためや、性能のバランスをとるために他の染料を併用してもよい。また、フルカラーの画像を得る目的で、本発明のインクジェット記録用インクとともに他の染料を含むインクを併用しても良い。併用することが出来る染料の例としては以下を挙げることができる。 In addition to the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1), the ink composition of the present invention (preferably an ink for ink jet recording) is used in combination with other dyes in order to adjust the color tone and balance the performance. May be. For the purpose of obtaining a full-color image, an ink containing another dye may be used in combination with the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention. Examples of dyes that can be used in combination include the following.
 イエロー染料としては、例えばカップリング成分としてフェノール類、ナフトール類、アニリン類、ピラゾロン類、ピリドン類、開鎖型活性メチレン化合物類を有するアリール若しくはヘテリルアゾ染料;例えばカップリング成分として開鎖型活性メチレン化合物類を有するアゾメチン染料;例えばベンジリデン染料やモノメチンオキソノール染料等のようなメチン染料;例えばナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料等のようなキノン系染料などがあり、これ以外の染料種としてはキノフタロン染料、ニトロ・ニトロソ染料、アクリジン染料、アクリジノン染料等を挙げることができる。これらの染料は、クロモフォアの一部が解離して初めてイエローを呈するものであってもよく、その場合のカウンターカチオンはアルカリ金属や、アンモニウムのような無機のカチオンであってもよいし、ピリジニウム、4級アンモニウム塩のような有機のカチオンであってもよく、更にはそれらを部分構造に有するポリマーカチオンであってもよい。 As yellow dyes, for example, phenols, naphthols, anilines, pyrazolones, pyridones, aryl or heteryl azo dyes having open-chain active methylene compounds as coupling components; for example, open-chain active methylene compounds as coupling components Azomethine dyes; methine dyes such as benzylidene dyes and monomethine oxonol dyes; quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone dyes and anthraquinone dyes, and other dye species such as quinophthalone dyes, nitro-nitroso dyes And dyes, acridine dyes, acridinone dyes and the like. These dyes may be those that exhibit yellow only after a part of the chromophore is dissociated, in which case the counter cation may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
 マゼンタ染料としては、例えばカップリング成分としてフェノール類、ナフトール類、アニリン類を有するアリール若しくはヘテリルアゾ染料;例えばカップリング成分としてピラゾロン類、ピラゾロトリアゾール類を有するアゾメチン染料;例えばアリーリデン染料、スチリル染料、メロシアニン染料、オキソノール染料のようなメチン染料;ジフェニルメタン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料のようなカルボニウム染料、例えばナフトキノン、アントラキノン、アントラピリドンなどのようなキノン系染料、例えばジオキサジン染料等のような縮合多環系染料等を挙げることができる。これらの染料は、クロモフォアの一部が解離して初めてマゼンタを呈するものであってもよく、その場合のカウンターカチオンはアルカリ金属や、アンモニウムのような無機のカチオンであってもよいし、ピリジニウム、4級アンモニウム塩のような有機のカチオンであってもよく、更にはそれらを部分構造に有するポリマーカチオンであってもよい。 Examples of magenta dyes include aryl or heteryl azo dyes having phenols, naphthols, and anilines as coupling components; azomethine dyes having pyrazolones and pyrazolotriazoles as coupling components; for example, arylidene dyes, styryl dyes, merocyanine Dyes, methine dyes such as oxonol dyes; carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, etc. Examples thereof include ring dyes. These dyes may exhibit magenta only after part of the chromophore is dissociated, and the counter cation in that case may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
 シアン染料としては、例えばインドアニリン染料、インドフェノール染料のようなアゾメチン染料;シアニン染料、オキソノール染料、メロシアニン染料のようなポリメチン染料;ジフェニルメタン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料のようなカルボニウム染料;フタロシアニン染料;アントラキノン染料;例えばカップリング成分としてフェノール類、ナフトール類、アニリン類を有するアリール若しくはヘテリルアゾ染料、インジゴ・チオインジゴ染料を挙げることができる。これらの染料は、クロモフォアの一部が解離して初めてシアンを呈するものであってもよく、その場合のカウンターカチオンはアルカリ金属や、アンモニウムのような無機のカチオンであってもよいし、ピリジニウム、4級アンモニウム塩のような有機のカチオンであってもよく、更にはそれらを部分構造に有するポリマーカチオンであってもよい。
 また、ポリアゾ染料などのブラック染料も使用することができる。
Examples of cyan dyes include azomethine dyes such as indoaniline dyes and indophenol dyes; polymethine dyes such as cyanine dyes, oxonol dyes and merocyanine dyes; carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes and xanthene dyes; phthalocyanine Dyes; anthraquinone dyes; for example, aryl or heteryl azo dyes having phenols, naphthols and anilines as coupling components, and indigo / thioindigo dyes. These dyes may exhibit cyan only after a part of the chromophore is dissociated, and the counter cation in that case may be an alkali metal or an inorganic cation such as ammonium, pyridinium, It may be an organic cation such as a quaternary ammonium salt, and may further be a polymer cation having them in a partial structure.
Also, black dyes such as polyazo dyes can be used.
 水溶性染料としては、直接染料、酸性染料、食用染料、塩基性染料、反応性染料等が挙げられる。好ましいものとしては、C.I.ダイレクトレッド2、4、9、23、26、31、39、62、63、72、75、76、79、80、81、83、84、89、92、95、111、173、184、207、211、212、214、218、21、223、224、225、226、227、232、233、240、241、242、243、247、C.I.ダイレクトバイオレット7、9、47、48、51、66、90、93、94、95、98、100、101、C.I.ダイレクトイエロー8、9、11、12、27、28、29、33、35、39、41、44、50、53、58、59、68、86、87、93、95、96、98、100、106、108、109、110、130、132、142、144、161、163、C.I.ダイレクトブルー1、10、15、22、25、55、67、68、71、76、77、78、80、84、86、87、90、98、106、108、109、151、156、158、159、160、168、189、192、193、194、199、200、201、202、203、207、211、213、214、218、225、229、236、237、244、248、249、251、252、264、270、280、288、289、291、C.I.ダイレクトブラック9、17、19、22、32、51、56、62、69、77、80、91、94、97、108、112、113、114、117、118、121、122、125、132、146、154、166、168、173、199、C.I.アシッドレッド35、42、52、57、62、80、82、111、114、118、119、127、128、131、143、151、154、158、249、254、257、261、263、266、289、299、301、305、336、337、361、396、397、C.I.アシッドバイオレット5、34、43、47、48、90、103、126、C.I.アシッドイエロー17、19、23、25、39、40、42、44、49、50、61、64、76、79、110、127、135、143、151、159、169、174、190、195、196、197、199、218、219、222、227、C.I.アシッドブルー9、25、40、41、62、72、76、78、80、82、92、106、112、113、120、127:1、129、138、143、175、181、205、207、220、221、230、232、247、258、260、264、271、277、278、279、280、288、290、326、C.I.アシッドブラック7、24、29、48、52:1、172、C.I.リアクティブレッド3、13、17、19、21、22、23、24、29、35、37、40、41、43、45、49、55、C.I.リアクティブバイオレット1、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、16、17、22、23、24、26、27、33、34、C.I.リアクティブイエロー2、3、13、14、15、17、18、23、24、25、26、27、29、35、37、41、42、C.I.リアクティブブルー2、3、5、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、21、25、26、27、28、29、38、C.I.リアクティブブラック4、5、8、14、21、23、26、31、32、34、C.I.ベーシックレッド12、13、14、15、18、22、23、24、25、27、29、35、36、38、39、45、46、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット1、2、3、7、10、15、16、20、21、25、27、28、35、37、39、40、48、C.I.ベーシックイエロー1、2、4、11、13、14、15、19、21、23、24、25、28、29、32、36、39、40、C.I.ベーシックブルー1、3、5、7、9、22、26、41、45、46、47、54、57、60、62、65、66、69、71、C.I.ベーシックブラック8、等が挙げられる。 Examples of water-soluble dyes include direct dyes, acid dyes, food dyes, basic dyes, and reactive dyes. Preferred examples include C.I. I. Direct Red 2, 4, 9, 23, 26, 31, 39, 62, 63, 72, 75, 76, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 89, 92, 95, 111, 173, 184, 207, 211, 212, 214, 218, 21, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 232, 233, 240, 241, 242, 243, 247, C.I. I. Direct violet 7, 9, 47, 48, 51, 66, 90, 93, 94, 95, 98, 100, 101, C.I. I. Direct yellow 8, 9, 11, 12, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 39, 41, 44, 50, 53, 58, 59, 68, 86, 87, 93, 95, 96, 98, 100, 106, 108, 109, 110, 130, 132, 142, 144, 161, 163, C.I. I. Direct Blue 1, 10, 15, 22, 25, 55, 67, 68, 71, 76, 77, 78, 80, 84, 86, 87, 90, 98, 106, 108, 109, 151, 156, 158, 159, 160, 168, 189, 192, 193, 194, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 207, 211, 213, 214, 218, 225, 229, 236, 237, 244, 248, 249, 251, 252, 264, 270, 280, 288, 289, 291, C.I. I. Direct Black 9, 17, 19, 22, 32, 51, 56, 62, 69, 77, 80, 91, 94, 97, 108, 112, 113, 114, 117, 118, 121, 122, 125, 132, 146, 154, 166, 168, 173, 199, C.I. I. Acid Red 35, 42, 52, 57, 62, 80, 82, 111, 114, 118, 119, 127, 128, 131, 143, 151, 154, 158, 249, 254, 257, 261, 263, 266, 289, 299, 301, 305, 336, 337, 361, 396, 397, C.I. I. Acid Violet 5, 34, 43, 47, 48, 90, 103, 126, C.I. I. Acid Yellow 17, 19, 23, 25, 39, 40, 42, 44, 49, 50, 61, 64, 76, 79, 110, 127, 135, 143, 151, 159, 169, 174, 190, 195, 196, 197, 199, 218, 219, 222, 227, C.I. I. Acid Blue 9, 25, 40, 41, 62, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 92, 106, 112, 113, 120, 127: 1, 129, 138, 143, 175, 181, 205, 207, 220, 221, 230, 232, 247, 258, 260, 264, 271, 277, 278, 279, 280, 288, 290, 326, C.I. I. Acid Black 7, 24, 29, 48, 52: 1, 172, C.I. I. Reactive Red 3, 13, 17, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 29, 35, 37, 40, 41, 43, 45, 49, 55, C.I. I. Reactive violet 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 16, 17, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 33, 34, C.I. I. Reactive Yellow 2, 3, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 35, 37, 41, 42, C.I. I. Reactive Blue 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 38, C.I. I. Reactive Black 4, 5, 8, 14, 21, 23, 26, 31, 32, 34, C.I. I. Basic Red 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 35, 36, 38, 39, 45, 46, C.I. I. Basic violet 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 15, 16, 20, 21, 25, 27, 28, 35, 37, 39, 40, 48, C.I. I. Basic yellow 1, 2, 4, 11, 13, 14, 15, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 32, 36, 39, 40, C.I. I. Basic Blue 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 22, 26, 41, 45, 46, 47, 54, 57, 60, 62, 65, 66, 69, 71, C.I. I. Basic black 8, etc. are mentioned.
 更に本発明のインク組成物には、顔料も併用し得る。
 本技術に用いられる顔料としては、市販のものの他、各種文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。文献に関してはカラーインデックス(The Society of Dyers and Colourists編)、「改訂新版顔料便覧」日本顔料技術協会編(1989年刊)、「最新顔料応用技術」CMC出版(1986年刊)、「印刷インキ技術」CMC出版(1984年刊)、W.Herbst,K.Hunger共著によるIndustrial Organic Pigments (VCH Verlagsgesellschaft、1993年刊)等がある。具体的には、有機顔料ではアゾ顔料(アゾレーキ顔料、不溶性アゾ顔料、縮合アゾ顔料、キレートアゾ顔料)、多環式顔料(フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、ペリレン及びペリノン系顔料、インジゴ系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料等)、染付けレーキ顔料(酸性又は塩基性染料のレーキ顔料)、アジン顔料等があり、無機顔料では、黄色顔料のC.I.Pigment Yellow 34、37、42、53など、赤系顔料のC.I.Pigment Red 101、108など、青系顔料のC.I.Pigment Blue 27、29、17:1など、黒系顔料のC.I.Pigment Black 7,マグネタイトなど、白系顔料のC.I. Pigment White 4、6、18、21などを挙げることができる。
Further, pigments can be used in combination with the ink composition of the present invention.
As the pigment used in the present technology, commercially available pigments and known pigments described in various documents can be used. Regarding the literature, the Color Index (Edited by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), “Revised New Handbook of Pigments” edited by the Japan Pigment Technology Association (published in 1989), “Latest Pigment Applied Technology” published by CMC (published in 1986), “Printing Ink Technology” CMC Publishing (1984), W. Herbst, K.M. Hunger co-authored, Industrial Organic Pigments (VCH Verlagsgesellschaft, published in 1993). Specifically, for organic pigments, azo pigments (azo lake pigments, insoluble azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelate azo pigments), polycyclic pigments (phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perinone pigments, indigo pigments, quinacridone Pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments), dyed lake pigments (acid or basic dye lake pigments), azine pigments, etc. C.I. of yellow pigment I. Pigment Yellow 34, 37, 42, 53, and other red pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment Red 101, 108, etc., blue pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment Blue 27, 29, 17: 1, etc. I. Pigment Black 7, magnetite, and other white pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment White 4, 6, 18, 21 and the like.
 画像形成用に好ましい色調を持つ顔料としては、青ないしシアン顔料ではフタロシアニン顔料、アントラキノン系のインダントロン顔料(たとえばC.I.Pigment Blue 60など)、染め付けレーキ顔料系のトリアリールカルボニウム顔料が好ましく、特にフタロシアニン顔料(好ましい例としては、C.I.Pigment Blue 15:1、同15:2、同15:3、同15:4、同15:6などの銅フタロシアニン、モノクロロないし低塩素化銅フタロシアニン、アルニウムフタロシアニンでは欧州特許860475号に記載の顔料、C.I.Pigment Blue 16である無金属フタロシアニン、中心金属がZn、Ni、Tiであるフタロシアニンなど、中でも好ましいものはC.I.Pigment Blue 15:3、同15:4、アルミニウムフタロシアニン)が最も好ましい。 As a pigment having a preferable color tone for image formation, a phthalocyanine pigment, an anthraquinone-based indanthrone pigment (for example, CI Pigment Blue 60), and a dyed lake pigment-based triarylcarbonium pigment are preferable for a blue or cyan pigment. In particular, phthalocyanine pigments (preferred examples include copper pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, monochloro or low chlorinated copper) Among the phthalocyanines and aluminium phthalocyanines, the pigments described in European Patent No. 860475, the metal-free phthalocyanine which is CI Pigment Blue 16, and the phthalocyanines whose central metals are Zn, Ni and Ti are preferable, among which CI Pigment is preferable. Blue 15: 3, 15: 4 and aluminum phthalocyanine) are most preferred.
 赤ないし紫色の顔料では、アゾ顔料(好ましい例としては、C.I.Pigment Red 3、同5、同11、同22、同38、同48:1、同48:2、同48:3、同48:4、同49:1、同52:1、同53:1、同57:1、同63:2、同144、同146、同184)など、中でも好ましいものはC.I.Pigment Red 57:1、同146、同184)、キナクリドン系顔料(好ましい例としてはC.I.Pigment Red 122、同192、同202、同207、同209、C.I.Pigment Violet 19、同42、なかでも好ましいものはC.I.Pigment Red 122)、染め付けレーキ顔料系のトリアリールカルボニウム顔料(好ましい例としてはキサンテン系のC.I.Pigment Red 81:1、C.I.Pigment Violet 1、同2、同3、同27、同39)、ジオキサジン系顔料(例えばC.I.Pigment Violet 23、同37)、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料(例えばC.I.Pigment Red 254)、ペリレン顔料(例えばC.I.Pigment Violet 29)、アントラキノン系顔料(例えばC.I.Pigment Violet 5:1、同31、同33)、チオインジゴ系(例えばC.I.Pigment Red 38、同88)が好ましく用いられる。 For red to purple pigments, azo pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment Red 3, 5, 11, 22, 38, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57: 1, 63: 2, 144, 146, and 184). I. Pigment Red 57: 1, 146, 184), quinacridone pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment Red 122, 192, 202, 207, 209, CI Pigment Violet 19, 42. Among them, CI Pigment Red 122 is preferable, and dyed lake pigment type triarylcarbonium pigments (preferred examples are xanthene CI Pigment Red 81: 1, CI Pigment Violet). 1, 2, 3, 27, 39), dioxazine pigments (eg, CI Pigment Violet 23, 37), diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (eg, CI Pigment Red 254), perylene Pigments (eg C I.Pigment Violet 29), anthraquinone pigments (e.g., C.I. Pigment Violet 5: 1, the 31, the 33), thioindigo (e.g. C.I. Pigment Red 38, the 88) is preferably used.
 黄色顔料としては、アゾ顔料(好ましい例としてはモノアゾ顔料系のC.I.Pigment Yellow 1、3、74、98、ジスアゾ顔料系のC.I.PigmentYellow 12、13、14、16、17、83、総合アゾ系のC.I.Pigment Yellow 93、94、95、128、155、ベンズイミダゾロン系のC.I.Pigment Yellow 120、151、154、156、180など、なかでも好ましいものはベンジジン系化合物を原料に使用しないもの)、イソインドリン・イソインドリノン系顔料(好ましい例としてはC.I.Pigment Yellow 109、110、137、139など)、キノフタロン顔料(好ましい例としてはC.I.Pigment Yellow 138など)、フラパントロン顔料(例えばC.I.Pigment Yellow 24など)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of yellow pigments include azo pigments (preferred examples include monoazo pigment-based CI Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 74, 98, disazo pigment-based CI Pigment Yellow 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 83. , Azo-based CI Pigment Yellow 93, 94, 95, 128, 155, benzimidazolone-based CI Pigment Yellow 120, 151, 154, 156, 180, etc., among which benzidine is preferable. Compounds that do not use compounds as raw materials), isoindoline / isoindolinone pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment Yellow 109, 110, 137, and 139), quinophthalone pigments (preferred examples include CI Pigment). Yell Etc. w 138), such as flavanthrone pigments (e.g., C.I. Pigment Yellow 24) are preferably used.
 黒顔料としては、無機顔料(好ましくは例としてはカーボンブラック、マグネタイト)やアニリンブラックを好ましいものとして挙げることができる。
 この他、オレンジ顔料(C.I.Pigment Orange 13、16など)や緑顔料(C.I.Pigment Green 7など)を使用してもよい。
Preferred examples of the black pigment include inorganic pigments (preferably carbon black and magnetite as examples) and aniline black.
In addition, an orange pigment (C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 16, etc.) or a green pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 7, etc.) may be used.
 本技術に使用できる顔料は、上述の裸の顔料であっても良いし、表面処理を施された顔料でも良い。表面処理の方法には、樹脂やワックスを表面コートする方法、界面活性剤を付着させる方法、反応性物質(例えば、シランカップリング剤やエポキシ化合物、ポリイソシアネート、ジアゾニウム塩から生じるラジカルなど)を顔料表面に結合させる方法などが考えられ、次の文献や特許に記載されている。
(1) 金属石鹸の性質と応用(幸書房)
(2) 印刷インキ印刷(CMC出版 1984)
(3) 最新顔料応用技術(CMC出版 1986)
(4) 米国特許5,554,739号、同5,571,311号
(5) 特開平9-151342号、同10-140065号、同10-292143号、同11-166145号
 特に、上記(4)の米国特許に記載されたジアゾニウム塩をカーボンブラックに作用させて調製された自己分散性顔料や、上記(5)の日本特許に記載された方法で調製されたカプセル化顔料は、インク中に余分な分散剤を使用することなく分散安定性が得られるため特に有効である。
The pigment that can be used in the present technology may be the aforementioned bare pigment or a surface-treated pigment. Surface treatment methods include resin or wax surface coating, surfactant deposition, reactive substances (eg radicals derived from silane coupling agents, epoxy compounds, polyisocyanates, diazonium salts, etc.) pigments A method of bonding to the surface is conceivable and is described in the following documents and patents.
(1) Properties and applications of metal soap (Sachishobo)
(2) Printing ink printing (CMC Publishing 1984)
(3) Latest pigment application technology (CMC Publishing 1986)
(4) US Pat. Nos. 5,554,739 and 5,571,311 (5) JP-A Nos. 9-151342, 10-140065, 10-292143, and 11-166145 In particular, Self-dispersing pigments prepared by allowing a diazonium salt described in US Patent 4) to act on carbon black and encapsulated pigments prepared by the method described in Japanese Patent (5) above are used in inks. In particular, the dispersion stability can be obtained without using an extra dispersant.
 本発明においては、顔料は更に分散剤を用いて分散されていてもよい。分散剤は、用いる顔料に合わせて公知の種々のもの、例えば界面活性剤型の低分子分散剤や高分子型分散剤を用いることが出来る。分散剤の例としては特開平3-69949号、欧州特許549486号等に記載のものを挙げることができる。また、分散剤を使用する際に分散剤の顔料への吸着を促進するためにシナジストと呼ばれる顔料誘導体を添加してもよい。
 本技術に使用できる顔料の粒径は、分散後で0.01~10μmの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05~1μmであることが更に好ましい。
 顔料を分散する方法としては、インク製造やトナー製造時に用いられる公知の分散技術が使用できる。分散機としては、縦型あるいは横型のアジテーターミル、アトライター、コロイドミル、ボールミル、3本ロールミル、パールミル、スーパーミル、インペラー、デスパーサー、KDミル、ダイナトロン、加圧ニーダー等が挙げられる。詳細は「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986)に記載がある。
In the present invention, the pigment may be further dispersed using a dispersant. Various known dispersants can be used in accordance with the pigment to be used, for example, a surfactant-type low-molecular dispersant or a polymer-type dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include those described in JP-A-3-69949, European Patent 549486 and the like. In addition, when a dispersant is used, a pigment derivative called a synergist may be added to promote adsorption of the dispersant to the pigment.
The particle size of the pigment that can be used in the present technology is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm after dispersion, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 μm.
As a method for dispersing the pigment, a known dispersion technique used in ink production or toner production can be used. Examples of the dispersing machine include vertical or horizontal agitator mills, attritors, colloid mills, ball mills, three roll mills, pearl mills, super mills, impellers, dispersers, KD mills, dynatrons, and pressure kneaders. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Application Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986).
〔インクのpH〕
 本発明のインク組成物は、インク組成物の保存安定性及び吐出性の観点から、pHが7.0以上10.0以下であることが好ましい。
[Ink pH]
The ink composition of the present invention preferably has a pH of 7.0 or more and 10.0 or less from the viewpoints of storage stability and ejection properties of the ink composition.
〔界面活性剤〕
 次に、本発明のインク組成物(好ましくはインクジェット記録用インク)が含有し得る界面活性剤について説明する。
 本発明で使用される界面活性剤としては脂肪酸塩類、高級アルコールのエステル塩類、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、スルホコハク酸エステル塩類、高級アルコールのリン酸エステル塩類等のアニオン界面活性剤、脂肪族アミン塩類、4級アンモニウム塩類等のカチオン界面活性剤、高級アルコールのエチレンオキサイド付加物、アルキルフェノールのエチレンオキサイド付加物、多価アルコール脂肪酸エステルのエチレンオキサイド付加物、アセチレングリコール及びそのエチレンオキサイド付加物等のノニオン界面活性剤、アミノ酸型、ベタイン型等の両性界面活性剤、フッ素系、シリコン系化合物等が挙げられる。これらは単独であるいは2種以上を用いることができる。
[Surfactant]
Next, the surfactant that can be contained in the ink composition of the present invention (preferably ink for inkjet recording) will be described.
Examples of the surfactant used in the present invention include anionic surfactants such as fatty acid salts, higher alcohol ester salts, alkylbenzene sulfonate salts, sulfosuccinic acid ester salts, higher alcohol phosphoric acid ester salts, aliphatic amine salts, 4 Nonionic surfactants such as cationic surfactants such as quaternary ammonium salts, ethylene oxide adducts of higher alcohols, ethylene oxide adducts of alkylphenols, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, acetylene glycol and its ethylene oxide adducts And amphoteric surfactants such as amino acid type and betaine type, fluorine-based compounds, and silicon-based compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明のインク組成物に界面活性剤を含有させ、表面張力等のインクの液物性を調整することで、インクの吐出安定性を向上させ、画像の耐水性の向上や印字したインクの滲みの防止などに優れた効果を持たせることができる。また、上記の界面活性剤は2種類以上併用してもよい。
 本発明で用いるインク組成物は、界面活性剤を0.005~5質量%含有することが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~3質量%含有する。インク組成物中の界面活性剤の含有量が0.005~5質量%の範囲にあると、吐出安定性の低下、混色時の滲みの発生、ひげ発生などの印字品質の低下が起こらず、吐出時、ノズル周辺部へのインクの付着等による印字不良を抑えることができる。
By adding a surfactant to the ink composition of the present invention and adjusting the liquid physical properties of the ink such as surface tension, the ink ejection stability is improved, the water resistance of the image is improved, and the printed ink bleeds. It is possible to have an excellent effect in prevention and the like. Further, two or more kinds of the above surfactants may be used in combination.
The ink composition used in the present invention preferably contains 0.005 to 5% by mass of a surfactant, more preferably 0.005 to 3% by mass. When the content of the surfactant in the ink composition is in the range of 0.005 to 5% by mass, the discharge stability does not deteriorate, the occurrence of bleeding at the time of color mixing, the deterioration of print quality such as the generation of whiskers does not occur, At the time of ejection, it is possible to suppress printing defects due to adhesion of ink to the periphery of the nozzle.
 本発明のインク組成物は、水性媒体中に上記染料を溶解させ、必要に応じて界面活性剤を特定量添加し、更に必要に応じてその他の添加剤を溶解及び/又は分散させることによって作製することができる。本発明における「水性媒体」とは、水又は水と少量の水混和性有機溶剤との混合物に、必要に応じて湿潤剤、安定剤等の添加剤を添加したものを意味する。 The ink composition of the present invention is prepared by dissolving the above dye in an aqueous medium, adding a specific amount of a surfactant as required, and further dissolving and / or dispersing other additives as necessary. can do. The “aqueous medium” in the present invention means a mixture of water or a mixture of water and a small amount of a water-miscible organic solvent with additives such as wetting agents and stabilizers added as necessary.
 本発明のインク液を調液する際には、水溶性インクの場合、まず水に溶解することが好ましい。そのあと、各種溶剤や添加物を添加し、溶解、混合して均一なインク液とする。
 このときの溶解方法としては、攪拌による溶解、超音波照射による溶解、振とうによる溶解等種々の方法が使用可能である。なかでも特に攪拌法が好ましく使用される。攪拌を行う場合、当分野では公知の流動攪拌や反転アジターやディゾルバを利用した剪断力を利用した攪拌など、種々の方式が利用可能である。一方では、磁気攪拌子のように、容器底面との剪断力を利用した攪拌法も好ましく利用できる。
When preparing the ink liquid of the present invention, in the case of water-soluble ink, it is preferable to first dissolve in water. Thereafter, various solvents and additives are added, dissolved and mixed to obtain a uniform ink solution.
As the dissolution method at this time, various methods such as dissolution by stirring, dissolution by ultrasonic irradiation, and dissolution by shaking can be used. Of these, the stirring method is particularly preferably used. In the case of stirring, various methods such as fluidized stirring known in the art and stirring using shearing force using an inverted agitator or dissolver can be used. On the other hand, a stirring method using a shearing force with the bottom surface of the container, such as a magnetic stirrer, can also be preferably used.
 水性のインクジェット用インクの調製方法については、特開平5-148436号、同5-295312号、同7-97541号、同7-82515号、同7-118584号、特開2002-020657号、特開2002-060663号の各公報に詳細が記載されていて、本発明のインクジェット記録用インクの調製にも利用できる。 With respect to the preparation method of the water-based inkjet ink, JP-A-5-148436, JP-A-5-295212, JP-A-7-97541, JP-A-7-82515, JP-A-7-118857, JP-A-2002-020657, Details are described in each publication of Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2002-060663, and can also be used for the preparation of the ink for inkjet recording of the present invention.
 本発明のインク組成物は、一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を、水性媒体中に含有してなるものである。水性媒体中には水混和性有機溶剤を含有してもよく、水性媒体中に含まれる水混和性有機溶剤は、使用される染料の25℃における溶解度が10(g/100g溶剤)以下のものが好ましい。ここで溶解度とは溶剤100g中にある一定の温度で溶解可能な溶質の質量を表し、単位は「g/100g溶剤」である。
 本発明の染料はその構造によって溶解性に多少変動があるが、本発明のインクは、染料種によってその溶解度が10(g/100g溶剤)以下となるような水混和性有機溶剤を適宜選択することが好ましい。
 本発明の染料の25℃における溶解度は、より好ましくは8(g/100g溶剤)以下であり、更に好ましくは5(g/100g溶剤)以下である。
 また、上記水混和性有機溶剤は、少なくとも1種がアルコール及び/又はその誘導体含む2種以上からなる混合物であることが好ましい。水混和性有機溶剤の添加量は1~60質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5~50質量%である。この値とすることで、インクの安定性、吐出安定性、乾燥性が良好となる傾向にある。
The ink composition of the present invention comprises a water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) in an aqueous medium. The aqueous medium may contain a water-miscible organic solvent, and the water-miscible organic solvent contained in the aqueous medium has a solubility at 25 ° C. of the dye used of 10 (g / 100 g solvent) or less. Is preferred. Here, the solubility means the mass of a solute that can be dissolved at a certain temperature in 100 g of the solvent, and the unit is “g / 100 g solvent”.
The solubility of the dye of the present invention varies somewhat depending on its structure. For the ink of the present invention, a water-miscible organic solvent having a solubility of 10 (g / 100 g solvent) or less is appropriately selected depending on the dye type. It is preferable.
The solubility of the dye of the present invention at 25 ° C. is more preferably 8 (g / 100 g solvent) or less, and still more preferably 5 (g / 100 g solvent) or less.
Moreover, it is preferable that the said water-miscible organic solvent is a mixture which consists of 2 or more types by which at least 1 type contains alcohol and / or its derivative (s). The addition amount of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 1 to 60% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass. By setting this value, the ink stability, ejection stability, and drying property tend to be good.
 上記水混和性有機溶剤の例は、以下のものが挙げられる。下記の中から本発明に適切な水混和性有機溶剤を選ぶことができる。
 アルコール(例、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、sec-ブタノール、t-ブタノール、ペンタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、ベンジルアルコール)、多価アルコール類(例、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、チオジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、2-ブテン-1,4-ジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,2-ヘキサンジオール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ヘキサンジオール、ペンタンジオール、グリセリン、ヘキサントリオール、チオジグリコール)、グリコール誘導体(例、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノイソブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、
Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include the following. A water-miscible organic solvent suitable for the present invention can be selected from the following.
Alcohol (eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, t-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol), polyhydric alcohols (eg, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, thiol) Diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, 2-butene-1,4-diol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1, 2-hexanediol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerin, hexanetri Thiodiglycol), glycol derivatives (eg, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisobutyl ether, diethyl Glycol monoisobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether,
エチレングリコールジアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル)、アミン(例、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、N-メチルジエタノールアミン、N-エチルジエタノールアミン、モルホリン、N-エチルモルホリン、エチレンジアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、ポリエチレンイミン、テトラメチルプロピレンジアミン)及びその他の極性溶媒(例、ホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、2-オキサゾリドン、エチレン尿素(2-イミダゾリジノン)、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、アセトニトリル、アセトン、ジアセトンアルコール)。なお、上記水混和性有機溶剤は、二種類以上を併用してもよい。 Ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether), amines (eg ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, N -Ethyldiethanolamine, morpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, polyethyleneimine, tetramethylpropylenediamine) and other polar solvents (eg, formamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide) Dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, - vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-oxazolidone, ethylene urea (2-imidazolidinone), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, acetonitrile, acetone, diacetone alcohol). Two or more kinds of the water-miscible organic solvents may be used in combination.
 本発明で併用する上記他の染料が油溶性染料の場合は、上記油溶性染料を高沸点有機溶媒中に溶解させ、水性媒体中に乳化分散させることによって調製することができる。
 用いられる高沸点有機溶媒の沸点は150℃以上であるが、好ましくは170℃以上である。高沸点有機溶媒は油溶性染料に対して質量比で0.01~3倍量、好ましくは0.01~1.0倍量で使用できる。
 これらの高沸点有機溶媒は単独で使用しても、数種の混合で使用してもよい。
When the other dye used in the present invention is an oil-soluble dye, it can be prepared by dissolving the oil-soluble dye in a high-boiling organic solvent and emulsifying and dispersing it in an aqueous medium.
The high-boiling organic solvent used has a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher, preferably 170 ° C. or higher. The high boiling point organic solvent can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 3 times, preferably 0.01 to 1.0 times the mass ratio of the oil-soluble dye.
These high boiling point organic solvents may be used alone or in a mixture of several kinds.
 本発明では油溶性性染料や高沸点有機溶媒は、水性媒体中に乳化分散して用いられる。乳化分散の際、乳化性の観点から場合によっては低沸点有機溶媒を用いることができる。低沸点有機溶媒としては、常圧で沸点約30℃以上150℃以下の有機溶媒である。 In the present invention, the oil-soluble dye and the high-boiling organic solvent are emulsified and dispersed in an aqueous medium. In the emulsification dispersion, a low boiling organic solvent can be used depending on the case from the viewpoint of emulsification. The low boiling point organic solvent is an organic solvent having a boiling point of about 30 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower at normal pressure.
 乳化分散は、高沸点有機溶媒と場合によっては低沸点有機溶媒の混合溶媒に染料を溶かした油相を、水を主体とした水相中に分散し、油相の微小油滴を作るために行われる。この際、水相、油相のいずれか又は両方に、前述した界面活性剤、湿潤剤、染料安定化剤、乳化安定剤等の添加剤を必要に応じて添加することができる。乳化法としては水相中に油相を添加する方法が一般的であるが、油相中に水相を滴下して行く、いわゆる転相乳化法も好ましく用いることができる。 The emulsification dispersion is used to disperse an oil phase in which a dye is dissolved in a mixed solvent of a high-boiling organic solvent and, optionally, a low-boiling organic solvent, in an aqueous phase mainly composed of water to form fine oil droplets in the oil phase. Done. Under the present circumstances, additives, such as surfactant, a wetting agent, a dye stabilizer, an emulsion stabilizer, etc. which were mentioned above can be added to either or both of a water phase and an oil phase as needed. As an emulsification method, a method of adding an oil phase to an aqueous phase is common, but a so-called phase inversion emulsification method in which an aqueous phase is dropped into an oil phase can also be preferably used.
 本発明では以上の化合物のほかにインクジェット用記録インクとして用いる場合には、インクの噴射口での乾燥による目詰まりを防止するための乾燥防止剤、インクを紙により浸透させるための浸透促進剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、粘度調整剤、表面張力調整剤、分散剤、分散安定剤、防錆剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、pH調整剤、消泡剤、キレート剤等の添加剤を適宜選択して適量使用することができる。 In the present invention, in addition to the above compounds, when used as an inkjet recording ink, a drying inhibitor for preventing clogging due to drying at the ink jetting port, a penetration accelerator for penetrating the ink with paper, Additives such as UV absorbers, antioxidants, viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, dispersants, dispersion stabilizers, rust inhibitors, antiseptics, antifungal agents, pH adjusters, antifoaming agents, chelating agents, etc. An appropriate amount can be used by appropriately selecting.
 本発明に使用される乾燥防止剤としては水より蒸気圧の低い水溶性有機溶剤が好ましい。
 具体的な例としてはエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、チオジグリコール、ジチオジグリコール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2,6-ヘキサントリオール、アセチレングリコール誘導体、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン等に代表される多価アルコール類、エチレングリコールモノメチル(又はエチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチル(又はエチル)エーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチル(又はブチル)エーテル等の多価アルコールの低級アルキルエーテル類、2-ピロリドン、N-メチルー2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、N-エチルモルホリン等の複素環類、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、3-スルホレン等の含硫黄化合物、ジアセトンアルコール、ジエタノールアミン等の多官能化合物、尿素誘導体が挙げられる。これらのうちグリセリン、ジエチレングリコール等の多価アルコールがより好ましい。また上記の乾燥防止剤は単独で用いても良いし2種以上併用しても良い。これらの乾燥防止剤はインク中に10~50質量%含有することが好ましい。
The drying inhibitor used in the present invention is preferably a water-soluble organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water.
Specific examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol, acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin. Polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, etc., lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) ether 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, heterocyclic rings such as N-ethylmorpholine, sulfolane, dimethyl sulfoxide, 3 Sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives. Of these, polyhydric alcohols such as glycerin and diethylene glycol are more preferred. Moreover, said anti-drying agent may be used independently and may be used together 2 or more types. These drying inhibitors are preferably contained in the ink in an amount of 10 to 50% by mass.
 本発明に使用される浸透促進剤としてはエタノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール,ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、1,2-ヘキサンジオール等のアルコール類やラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸ナトリウムやノニオン性界面活性剤等も用いることができる。これらはインク中に10~30質量%含有すれば充分な効果があり、印字の滲み、紙抜け(プリントスルー)を起こさない添加量の範囲で使用するのが好ましい。 Examples of penetration enhancers used in the present invention include alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1,2-hexanediol, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium oleate, and nonionic surface activity. An agent or the like can also be used. If these are contained in the ink in an amount of 10 to 30% by mass, they are sufficiently effective, and it is preferable to use them in a range of addition amounts that do not cause printing bleeding or paper loss (print-through).
 本発明で画像の保存性を向上させるために使用される紫外線吸収剤としては特開昭58-185677号公報,同61-190537号公報,特開平2-782号公報、同5-197075号公報、同9-34057号公報等に記載されたベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、特開昭46-2784号公報、特開平5-194483号、米国特許第3214463号等に記載されたベンゾフェノン系化合物、特公昭48-30492号公報、同56-21141号公報、特開平10-88106号公報等に記載された桂皮酸系化合物、特開平4-298503号公報、同8-53427号公報、同8-239368号公報、同10-182621号公報、特表平8-501291号公報等に記載されたトリアジン系化合物、リサーチディスクロージャーNo.24239号に記載された化合物やスチルベン系、ベンズオキサゾール系に代表される紫外線を吸収して蛍光を発する化合物、いわゆる蛍光増白剤も用いることができる。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used for improving the storability of the image in the present invention include JP-A Nos. 58-185677, 61-190537, JP-A-2-782, and JP-A-5-97075. Benzotriazole compounds described in JP-A-9-34057, etc., benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No. 3,214,463, etc. -30492, 56-21141, and cinnamic acid compounds described in JP-A-10-88106, JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, and JP-A-8-239368. Triazine compounds described in JP-A-10-182621, JP-A-8-501291, etc., Research Disclosure Turbocharger over No. A compound described in No. 24239, a compound that emits fluorescence by absorbing ultraviolet rays typified by a stilbene series or a benzoxazole series, a so-called fluorescent whitening agent can also be used.
 本発明で画像の保存性を向上させるために使用される酸化防止剤としては、各種の有機系及び金属錯体系の褪色防止剤を使用することができる。有機の褪色防止剤としてはハイドロキノン類、アルコキシフェノール類、ジアルコキシフェノール類、フェノール類、アニリン類、アミン類、インダン類、クロマン類、アルコキシアニリン類、ヘテロ環類などがあり、金属錯体としてはニッケル錯体、亜鉛錯体などがある。より具体的にはリサーチディスクロージャーNo.17643の第VIIのIないしJ項、同No.15162、同No.18716の650頁左欄、同No.36544の527頁、同No.307105の872頁、同No.15162に引用された特許に記載された化合物や特開昭62-215272号公報の127頁~137頁に記載された代表的化合物の一般式及び化合物例に含まれる化合物を使用することができる。 As the antioxidant used for improving the storability of the image in the present invention, various organic and metal complex anti-fading agents can be used. Organic anti-fading agents include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, heterocycles, etc. Complex, zinc complex and the like. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, No. VII, I to J, ibid. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid. The compounds described in the patent cited in Japanese Patent No. 15162 and the compounds represented by the general formulas and compound examples of the representative compounds described on pages 127 to 137 of JP-A-62-215272 can be used.
 本発明に使用される防錆剤としては例えば、酸性亜鉛硫酸塩、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、チオグリコール酸アンモン、ジイソプロピルアンモニウムニトライト、4硝酸ペンタエリスリトール、ジシクロヘキシルアンモニウムニトライト等が挙げられる。これらはインク中の0.02~5.00質量%使用するのが好ましい。 Examples of the rust inhibitor used in the present invention include acidic zinc sulfate, sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thioglycolate, diisopropylammonium nitrite, pentaerythritol nitrate, dicyclohexylammonium nitrite and the like. These are preferably used in an amount of 0.02 to 5.00% by mass in the ink.
 本発明に使用されるpH調整剤はpH調節、分散安定性付与などの点で好適に使用する事ができ、25℃でのインクのpHが8~11に調整されているものである。pHが8未満である場合は染料の溶解性が低下してノズルが詰まりやすく、11を超えると耐水性が劣化する。pH調整剤としては、塩基性のものとして有機塩基、無機アルカリ等が、酸性のものとして有機酸、無機酸等が挙げられる。
 上記有機塩基としてはトリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、N-メチルジエタノールアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミンなどが挙げられる。上記無機アルカリとしては、アルカリ金属の水酸化物(例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化カリウムなど)、炭酸塩(例えば、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウムなど)、アンモニウムなどが挙げられる。また、上記有機酸としては酢酸、プロピオン酸、トリフルオロ酢酸、アルキルスルホン酸などが挙げられる。上記無機酸としては、塩酸,硫酸、リン酸などが挙げられる。
The pH adjusting agent used in the present invention can be suitably used in terms of pH adjustment, imparting dispersion stability, etc., and the pH of the ink at 25 ° C. is adjusted to 8-11. When the pH is less than 8, the solubility of the dye is lowered and the nozzle is easily clogged, and when it exceeds 11, the water resistance is deteriorated. As a pH adjuster, an organic base, an inorganic alkali, etc. are mentioned as a basic thing, An organic acid, an inorganic acid, etc. are mentioned as an acidic thing.
Examples of the organic base include triethanolamine, diethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, and dimethylethanolamine. Examples of the inorganic alkali include alkali metal hydroxides (for example, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide), carbonates (for example, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the like), ammonium, and the like. Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and alkylsulfonic acid. Examples of the inorganic acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid.
 本発明で用いるインクの表面張力は25℃において20~50mN/m以下であることが好ましく、20~40mN/m以下であることが更に好ましい。この値とすることで、吐出安定性、印字品質が良好となる傾向にあり、吐出時のノズル周辺部へのインクの付着等による印字不良を防止し易くなる。 The surface tension of the ink used in the present invention is preferably 20 to 50 mN / m or less at 25 ° C., and more preferably 20 to 40 mN / m or less. By setting this value, the ejection stability and the printing quality tend to be good, and it becomes easy to prevent printing defects due to the adhesion of ink to the peripheral portion of the nozzle during ejection.
 本発明に用いられるインクの粘度は30mPa・s以下が好ましい。更に20mPa・s以下に調整することがより好ましいので、粘度を調整する目的で、粘度調整剤が使用されることがある。粘度調整剤としては、例えば、セルロース類、ポリビニルアルコールなどの水溶性ポリマーやノニオン系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。更に詳しくは、「粘度調整技術」(技術情報協会、1999年)第9章、及び「インクジェットプリンタ用ケミカルズ(98増補)-材料の開発動向・展望調査-」(シーエムシー、1997年)162~174頁に記載されている。 The viscosity of the ink used in the present invention is preferably 30 mPa · s or less. Furthermore, since it is more preferable to adjust to 20 mPa * s or less, a viscosity modifier may be used in order to adjust a viscosity. Examples of the viscosity modifier include water-soluble polymers such as celluloses and polyvinyl alcohol, and nonionic surfactants. For more details, see Chapter 9 of “Viscosity Adjustment Technology” (Technical Information Association, 1999) and “Chemicals for Inkjet Printers (98 Supplement)-Material Development Trends and Perspective Survey” (CMC, 1997) 162- Page 174.
 更に本発明において、ポリマー微粒子分散物を用いることもできる。これらの詳細については特開2002-264490号公報に記載されている。
 本発明では分散剤、分散安定剤として上述のカチオン、アニオン、ノニオン系の各種界面活性剤、消泡剤としてフッソ系、シリコーン系化合物やEDTAに代表されるキレート剤等も必要に応じて使用することができる。
Furthermore, in the present invention, a polymer fine particle dispersion may be used. Details thereof are described in JP-A No. 2002-264490.
In the present invention, the above-mentioned cation, anion, and nonionic surfactants are used as a dispersant and a dispersion stabilizer, and fluorine-based, silicone-based compounds, chelating agents represented by EDTA, and the like are used as necessary. be able to.
<記録媒体>
 本発明のインクは公知の被記録材、即ち普通紙、樹脂コート紙、例えば特開平8-169172号公報、同8-27693号公報、同2-276670号公報、同7-276789号公報、同9-323475号公報、特開昭62-238783号公報、特開平10-153989号公報、同10-217473号公報、同10-235995号公報、同10-337947号公報、同10-217597号公報、同10-337947号公報等に記載されているインクジェット専用紙、フィルム、電子写真共用紙、布帛、ガラス、金属、陶磁器等に画像を形成するのに用いることができる。
<Recording medium>
The ink of the present invention is a known recording material, that is, plain paper, resin-coated paper, such as JP-A-8-169172, JP-A-8-27693, JP-A-2-276670, JP-A-7-276789, JP-A-9-323475, JP-A-62-238783, JP-A-10-153898, JP-A-10-217473, JP-A-10-235995, JP-A-10-337947, and JP-A-10-217597 10-337947, etc., can be used to form an image on dedicated paper for inkjet, film, electrophotographic co-paper, fabric, glass, metal, ceramics, and the like.
 以下に本発明のインクを用いてインクジェットプリントをするのに用いられる記録紙及び記録フィルムについて説明する。記録紙及び記録フィルムおける支持体はLBKP、NBKP等の化学パルプ、GP、PGW、RMP、TMP、CTMP、CMP、CGP等の機械パルプ、DIP等の古紙パルプ等をからなり、必要に応じて従来の公知の顔料、バインダー、サイズ剤、定着剤、カチオン剤、紙力増強剤等の添加剤を混合し、長網抄紙機、円網抄紙機等の各種装置で製造されたもの等が使用可能である。これらの支持体の他に合成紙、プラスチックフィルムシートのいずれであってもよく、支持体の厚み10~250μm、坪量は10~250g/mが望ましい。支持体には、そのままインク受容層及びバックコート層を設けてもよいし、デンプン、ポリビニルアルコール等でサイズプレスやアンカーコート層を設けた後、インク受容層及びバックコート層を設けてもよい。更に支持体には、マシンカレンダー、TGカレンダー、ソフトカレンダー等のカレンダー装置により平坦化処理を行ってもよい。本発明では支持体としては、両面をポリオレフィン(例、ポリエチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブテン及びそれらのコポリマー)でラミネートした紙及びプラスチックフイルムがより好ましく用いられる。ポリオレフィン中に、白色顔料(例、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛)又は色味付け色素(例、コバルトブルー、群青、酸化ネオジウム)を添加することが好ましい。 The recording paper and recording film used for inkjet printing using the ink of the present invention will be described below. The support for recording paper and recording film consists of chemical pulp such as LBKP and NBKP, mechanical pulp such as GP, PGW, RMP, TMP, CTMP, CMP, CGP, and waste paper pulp such as DIP. Additives such as known pigments, binders, sizing agents, fixing agents, cationic agents, paper strength enhancers, etc. can be mixed, and those manufactured by various devices such as long net paper machines and circular net paper machines can be used. It is. In addition to these supports, either synthetic paper or plastic film sheets may be used. The thickness of the support is preferably 10 to 250 μm and the basis weight is preferably 10 to 250 g / m 2 . The support may be provided with an ink receiving layer and a backcoat layer as they are, or after a size press or anchor coat layer is provided with starch, polyvinyl alcohol or the like, an ink receiving layer and a backcoat layer may be provided. Further, the support may be flattened by a calendar device such as a machine calendar, a TG calendar, or a soft calendar. In the present invention, as the support, paper and plastic film laminated on both sides with polyolefin (eg, polyethylene, polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutene and copolymers thereof) are more preferably used. It is preferable to add a white pigment (eg, titanium oxide, zinc oxide) or a coloring dye (eg, cobalt blue, ultramarine blue, neodymium oxide) to the polyolefin.
 支持体上に設けられるインキ受容層には、顔料や水性バインダーが含有される。顔料としては、白色顔料がよく、白色顔料としては、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、クレー、珪藻土、合成非晶質シリカ、珪酸アルミニウム、珪酸マグネシウム、珪酸カルシウム、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、リトポン、ゼオライト、硫酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、二酸化チタン、硫化亜鉛、炭酸亜鉛等の無機白色顔料、スチレン系ピグメント、アクリル系ピグメント、尿素樹脂、メラミン樹脂等の有機顔料等が挙げられる。インク受容層に含有される白色顔料としては、多孔性無機顔料がよく、特に細孔面積が大きい合成非晶質シリカ等が好適である。合成非晶質シリカは、乾式製造法(気相法)によって得られる無水珪酸及び湿式製造法によって得られる含水珪酸のいずれも使用可能であるが、特に含水珪酸を使用することが望ましい。これらの顔料は2種以上を併用しても良い。 The ink receiving layer provided on the support contains a pigment and an aqueous binder. As the pigment, a white pigment is good, and as the white pigment, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, clay, diatomaceous earth, synthetic amorphous silica, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, Examples thereof include inorganic white pigments such as barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc sulfide, and zinc carbonate, and organic pigments such as styrene pigments, acrylic pigments, urea resins, and melamine resins. The white pigment contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably a porous inorganic pigment, and synthetic amorphous silica having a large pore area is particularly suitable. As the synthetic amorphous silica, either anhydrous silicic acid obtained by a dry production method (gas phase method) or hydrous silicic acid obtained by a wet production method can be used, but it is particularly desirable to use hydrous silicic acid. Two or more of these pigments may be used in combination.
 上記顔料を受像層に含有する記録紙としては、具体的には、特開平10-81064号、同10-119423号、同10-157277号、同10-217601号、同10-348409号、特開2001-138621号、同2000-43401号、同2000-211235号、同2000-309157号、同2001-96897号、同2001-138627号、特開平11-91242号、同8-2087号、同8-2090号、同8-2091号、同8-2093号、同8-174992号、同11-192777号、特開2001-301314号などに開示されたものを用いることができる。 Specific examples of the recording paper containing the pigment in the image receiving layer include JP-A-10-81064, JP-A-10-119423, JP-A-10-157277, JP-A-10-217601, and JP-A-10-348409. No. 2001-138621, 2000-43401, 2000-2111235, 2000-309157, 2001-96897, 2001-138627, JP-A-11-91242, 8-2087, Those disclosed in JP-A-8-2090, JP-A-8-2091, JP-A-8-2093, JP-A-8-174992, JP-A-11-192777, JP-A-2001-301314 and the like can be used.
 インク受容層に含有される水性バインダーとしては、ポリビニルアルコール、シラノール変性ポリビニルアルコール、デンプン、カチオン化デンプン、カゼイン、ゼラチン、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアルキレンオキサイド、ポリアルキレンオキサイド誘導体等の水溶性高分子、スチレンブタジエンラテックス、アクリルエマルジョン等の水分散性高分子等が挙げられる。これらの水性バインダーは単独又は2種以上併用して用いることができる。本発明においては、これらの中でも特にポリビニルアルコール、シラノール変性ポリビニルアルコールが顔料に対する付着性、インク受容層の耐剥離性の点で好適である。
 インク受容層は、顔料及び水性結着剤の他に媒染剤、耐水化剤、耐光性向上剤、耐オゾン性向上剤、界面活性剤、その他の添加剤を含有することができる。
Examples of the aqueous binder contained in the ink receiving layer include polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationized starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyalkylene oxide, and polyalkylene oxide derivatives. Water-dispersible polymers such as water-soluble polymers, styrene butadiene latexes, and acrylic emulsions. These aqueous binders can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, among these, polyvinyl alcohol and silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol are particularly preferable in terms of adhesion to the pigment and resistance to peeling of the ink receiving layer.
The ink receiving layer can contain a mordant, a water resistance agent, a light resistance improver, an ozone resistance improver, a surfactant, and other additives in addition to the pigment and the aqueous binder.
 インク受容層中に添加する媒染剤は、不動化されていることが好ましい。そのためには、ポリマー媒染剤が好ましく用いられる。
 ポリマー媒染剤については、特開昭48-28325号、同54-74430号、同54-124726号、同55-22766号、同55-142339号、同60-23850号、同60-23851号、同60-23852号、同60-23853号、同60-57836号、同60-60643号、同60-118834号、同60-122940号、同60-122941号、同60-122942号、同60-235134号、特開平1-161236号の各公報、米国特許2484430号、同2548564号、同3148061号、同3309690号、同4115124号、同4124386号、同4193800号、同4273853号、同4282305号、同4450224号の各明細書に記載がある。特開平1-161236号公報の212~215頁に記載のポリマー媒染剤を含有する受像材料が特に好ましい。同公報記載のポリマー媒染剤を用いると、優れた画質の画像が得られ、かつ画像の耐光性が改善される。
The mordant added to the ink receiving layer is preferably immobilized. For that purpose, a polymer mordant is preferably used.
As for the polymer mordant, JP-A-48-28325, JP-A-54-74430, JP-A-54-124726, JP-A-55-22766, JP-A-55-142339, JP-A-60-23850, JP-A-60-23851, 60-23852, 60-23835, 60-57836, 60-60643, 60-118834, 60-122940, 60-122941, 60-122942, 60- No. 235134, JP-A-1-161236, U.S. Pat.Nos. 2,484,430, 2,548,564, 3,148,061, 3,309,690, 4,115,124, 4,124,386, 4,193,800, 4,283,853, 4,282,305, It is described in each specification of the same No. 4450224. An image receiving material containing a polymer mordant described in JP-A-1-161236, pages 212 to 215 is particularly preferred. When the polymer mordant described in the publication is used, an image with excellent image quality is obtained and the light resistance of the image is improved.
 耐水化剤は、画像の耐水化に有効であり、これらの耐水化剤としては、特にカチオン樹脂が望ましい。このようなカチオン樹脂としては、ポリアミドポリアミンエピクロルヒドリン、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアミンスルホン、ジメチルジアリルアンモニウムクロライド重合物、カチオンポリアクリルアミド等が挙げられる。これらのカチオン樹脂の含有量は、インク受容層の全固形分に対して1~15質量%が好ましく、特に3~10質量%であることが好ましい。 The water-proofing agent is effective for making the image water-resistant. As these water-proofing agents, cationic resins are particularly desirable. Examples of such a cationic resin include polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin, polyethyleneimine, polyamine sulfone, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride polymer, and cationic polyacrylamide. The content of these cationic resins is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, particularly 3 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the ink receiving layer.
 耐光性向上剤、耐ガス性向上剤としては、フェノール化合物、ヒンダードフェノール化合物、チオエーテル化合物、チオ尿素化合物、チオシアン酸化合物、アミン化合物、ヒンダードアミン化合物、TEMPO化合物、ヒドラジン化合物、ヒドラジド化合物、アミジン化合物、ビニル基含有化合物、エステル化合物、アミド化合物、エーテル化合物、アルコール化合物、スルフィン酸化合物、糖類、水溶性還元性化合物、有機酸、無機酸、ヒドロキシ基含有有機酸、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、トリアジン化合物、ヘテロ環化合物、水溶性金属塩、有機金属化合物、金属錯体等が挙げられる。
 これらの具体的な化合物例としては、特開平10-182621号、特開2001-260519号、特開2000-260519号、特公平4-34953号、特公平4-34513号、特公平4-34512号、特開平11-170686号、特開昭60-67190号、特開平7-276808号、特開2000-94829号、特表平8-512258号、特開平11-321090号等に記載のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the light resistance improver and gas resistance improver include phenol compounds, hindered phenol compounds, thioether compounds, thiourea compounds, thiocyanate compounds, amine compounds, hindered amine compounds, TEMPO compounds, hydrazine compounds, hydrazide compounds, amidine compounds, Vinyl group-containing compounds, ester compounds, amide compounds, ether compounds, alcohol compounds, sulfinic acid compounds, saccharides, water-soluble reducing compounds, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydroxy group-containing organic acids, benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, triazine compounds , Heterocyclic compounds, water-soluble metal salts, organometallic compounds, metal complexes, and the like.
Specific examples of these compounds include JP-A-10-182621, JP-A-2001-260519, JP-A-2000-260519, JP-B-4-34953, JP-B-4-34513, and JP-B-4-34512. , JP-A-11-170686, JP-A-60-67190, JP-A-7-276808, JP-A-2000-94829, JP-T 8-512258, JP-A-11-321090, etc. Is mentioned.
 界面活性剤は、塗布助剤、剥離性改良剤、スベリ性改良剤あるいは帯電防止剤として機能する。界面活性剤については、特開昭62-173463号、同62-183457号の各公報に記載がある。
 界面活性剤の代わりに有機フルオロ化合物を用いてもよい。有機フルオロ化合物は、疎水性であることが好ましい。有機フルオロ化合物の例には、フッ素系界面活性剤、オイル状フッ素系化合物(例、フッ素油)及び固体状フッ素化合物樹脂(例、四フッ化エチレン樹脂)が含まれる。有機フルオロ化合物については、特公昭57-9053号(第8~17欄)、特開昭61-20994号、同62-135826号の各公報に記載がある。
The surfactant functions as a coating aid, a peelability improver, a slippage improver or an antistatic agent. Surfactants are described in JP-A Nos. 62-173463 and 62-183457.
An organic fluoro compound may be used in place of the surfactant. The organic fluoro compound is preferably hydrophobic. Examples of the organic fluoro compound include a fluorine-based surfactant, an oily fluorine-based compound (eg, fluorine oil), and a solid fluorine compound resin (eg, tetrafluoroethylene resin). The organic fluoro compounds are described in JP-B-57-9053 (columns 8 to 17), JP-A-61-2994 and JP-A-62-135826.
 硬膜剤としては特開平1-161236号公報の222頁、特開平9-263036号、特開平10-119423号、特開2001-310547号、に記載されている材料等を用いることが出来る。 As the hardener, materials described in JP-A-1-161236, page 222, JP-A-9-263036, JP-A-10-119423, JP-A-2001-310547, and the like can be used.
 その他のインク受容層に添加される添加剤としては、顔料分散剤、増粘剤、消泡剤、染料、蛍光増白剤、防腐剤、pH調整剤、マット剤、硬膜剤等が挙げられる。なお、インク受容層は1層でも2層でもよい。 Examples of other additives added to the ink receiving layer include pigment dispersants, thickeners, antifoaming agents, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, preservatives, pH adjusters, matting agents, and hardening agents. . The ink receiving layer may be one layer or two layers.
 記録紙及び記録フィルムには、バックコート層を設けることもでき、この層に添加可能な成分としては、白色顔料、水性結着剤、その他の成分が挙げられる。バックコート層に含有される白色顔料としては、例えば、軽質炭酸カルシウム、重質炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、硫酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、二酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、硫化亜鉛、炭酸亜鉛、サチンホワイト、珪酸アルミニウム、ケイソウ土、珪酸カルシウム、珪酸マグネシウム、合成非晶質シリカ、コロイダルシリカ、コロイダルアルミナ、擬ベーマイト、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、リトポン、ゼオライト、加水ハロイサイト、炭酸マグネシウム、水酸化マグネシウム等の白色無機顔料、スチレン系プラスチックピグメント、アクリル系プラスチックピグメント、ポリエチレン、マイクロカプセル、尿素樹脂、メラミン樹脂等の有機顔料等が挙げられる。 Recording paper and recording film can be provided with a backcoat layer, and examples of components that can be added to this layer include white pigments, aqueous binders, and other components. Examples of white pigments contained in the backcoat layer include light calcium carbonate, heavy calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, zinc carbonate, satin white, and aluminum silicate. White inorganic pigments such as diatomaceous earth, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, colloidal alumina, pseudoboehmite, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, hydrous halloysite, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, Examples thereof include organic pigments such as styrene plastic pigment, acrylic plastic pigment, polyethylene, microcapsule, urea resin, and melamine resin.
 バックコート層に含有される水性バインダーとしては、スチレン/マレイン酸塩共重合体、スチレン/アクリル酸塩共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール、シラノール変性ポリビニルアルコール、デンプン、カチオン化デンプン、カゼイン、ゼラチン、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ポリビニルピロリドン等の水溶性高分子、スチレンブタジエンラテックス、アクリルエマルジョン等の水分散性高分子等が挙げられる。バックコート層に含有されるその他の成分としては、消泡剤、抑泡剤、染料、蛍光増白剤、防腐剤、耐水化剤等が挙げられる。 As the aqueous binder contained in the backcoat layer, styrene / maleate copolymer, styrene / acrylate copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, silanol modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationized starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethylcellulose Water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene butadiene latex and acrylic emulsion. Examples of other components contained in the backcoat layer include an antifoaming agent, an antifoaming agent, a dye, a fluorescent brightening agent, a preservative, and a water-proofing agent.
 インクジェット記録紙及び記録フィルムの構成層(バック層を含む)には、ポリマーラテックスを添加してもよい。ポリマーラテックスは、寸度安定化、カール防止、接着防止、膜のひび割れ防止のような膜物性改良の目的で使用される。ポリマーラテックスについては、特開昭62-245258号、同62-1316648号、同62-110066号の各公報に記載がある。ガラス転移温度が低い(40℃以下の)ポリマーラテックスを媒染剤を含む層に添加すると、層のひび割れやカールを防止することができる。また、ガラス転移温度が高いポリマーラテックスをバック層に添加しても、カールを防止できる。 Polymer latex may be added to the constituent layers (including the back layer) of the inkjet recording paper and recording film. The polymer latex is used for the purpose of improving film physical properties such as dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, adhesion prevention, and film cracking prevention. The polymer latex is described in JP-A Nos. 62-245258, 62-1316648, and 62-110066. When a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature (40 ° C. or lower) is added to a layer containing a mordant, cracking and curling of the layer can be prevented. Also, curling can be prevented by adding a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to the back layer.
<インクジェット記録方法>
 本発明は、本発明に係るインクジェット記録用インクを用いるインクジェット記録方法にも関する。
 本発明のインクはインクジェットの記録方式に制限はなく、公知の方式例えば静電誘引力を利用してインクを吐出させる電荷制御方式、ピエゾ素子の振動圧力を利用するドロップオンデマンド方式(圧力パルス方式)、電気信号を音響ビームに変えインクに照射して放射圧を利用してインクを吐出させる音響インクジェット方式、及びインクを加熱して気泡を形成し、生じた圧力を利用するサーマルインクジェット方式等に用いられる。
 インクジェット記録方式には、フォトインクと称する濃度の低いインクを小さい体積で多数射出する方式、実質的に同じ色相で濃度の異なる複数のインクを用いて画質を改良する方式や無色透明のインクを用いる方式が含まれる。
 好ましい被記録材と記録方式の組み合わせは、支持体上に白色無機顔料粒子を含有する受像層を有する受像材料にインク滴を記録信号に応じて吐出させ、受像材料上に画像を記録するインクジェット記録方法である。
<Inkjet recording method>
The present invention also relates to an ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording according to the present invention.
The ink of the present invention is not limited to the ink jet recording system, and is a known system such as a charge control system that ejects ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand system (pressure pulse system) that uses the vibration pressure of a piezo element. ), An acoustic ink jet method that converts an electrical signal into an acoustic beam, irradiates the ink and uses ink to eject the ink, and a thermal ink jet method that heats the ink to form bubbles and uses the generated pressure. Used.
Inkjet recording methods use a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent inks. The method is included.
A preferred combination of a recording material and a recording method is an inkjet recording in which an image receiving material having an image receiving layer containing white inorganic pigment particles on a support is ejected with ink droplets according to a recording signal, and an image is recorded on the image receiving material. Is the method.
 本発明のインクジェット記録用インクは、インクジェット記録以外の用途に使用することもできる。例えば、ディスプレイ画像用材料、室内装飾材料の画像形成材料及び屋外装飾材料の画像形成材料などに使用が可能である。 The ink for ink jet recording of the present invention can also be used for purposes other than ink jet recording. For example, it can be used for display image materials, image forming materials for interior decoration materials, and image forming materials for outdoor decoration materials.
 ディスプレイ画像用材料としては、ポスター、壁紙、装飾小物(置物や人形など)、商業宣伝用チラシ、包装紙、ラッピング材料、紙袋、ビニール袋、パッケージ材料、看板、交通機関(自動車、バス、電車など)の側面に描画や添付した画像、ロゴ入りの洋服、等各種の物を指す。本発明の染料をディスプレイ画像の形成材料とする場合、その画像とは狭義の画像の他、抽象的なデザイン、文字、幾何学的なパターンなど、人間が認知可能な染料によるパターンをすべて含む。 Display image materials include posters, wallpaper, small decorative items (such as figurines and dolls), commercial flyers, wrapping paper, wrapping materials, paper bags, plastic bags, packaging materials, signs, transportation (automobiles, buses, trains, etc.) ) Refers to various things such as images drawn and attached to the side, clothes with logos, and so on. When the dye of the present invention is used as a material for forming a display image, the image includes all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans, such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns, in addition to images in a narrow sense.
 室内装飾材料としては、壁紙、装飾小物(置物や人形など)、照明器具の部材、家具の部材、床や天井のデザイン部材等各種の物を指す。本発明の染料を画像形成材料とする場合、その画像とは狭義の画像の他、抽象的なデザイン、文字、幾何学的なパターンなど、人間が認知可能な染料によるパターンをすべて含む。 Interior decoration materials refer to various items such as wallpaper, decorative accessories (such as figurines and dolls), lighting fixtures, furniture components, floor and ceiling design components. When the dye of the present invention is used as an image forming material, the image includes all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns in addition to images in a narrow sense.
 屋外装飾材料としては、壁材、ルーフィング材、看板、ガーデニング材料屋外装飾小物(置物や人形など)、屋外照明器具の部材等各種の物を指す。本発明の染料を画像形成材料とする場合、その画像とは狭義の画像ののみならず、抽象的なデザイン、文字、幾何学的なパターンなど、人間が認知可能な染料によるパターンをすべて含む。 «Outdoor decoration materials include various materials such as wall materials, roofing materials, signboards, gardening materials, outdoor decoration accessories (such as figurines and dolls), and outdoor lighting fixtures. When the dye of the present invention is used as an image forming material, the image includes not only images in a narrow sense but also all patterns of dyes that can be recognized by humans, such as abstract designs, characters, and geometric patterns.
 以上のような用途において、パターンが形成されるメディアとしては、紙、繊維、布(不織布も含む)、プラスチック、金属、セラミックス等種々の物を挙げることができる。染色形態としては、媒染、捺染、若しくは反応性基を導入した反応性染料の形で色素を固定化することもできる。この中で、好ましくは媒染形態で染色されることが好ましい。 In the above applications, examples of media on which a pattern is formed include various materials such as paper, fiber, cloth (including non-woven fabric), plastic, metal, and ceramics. As the dyeing form, the dye can be fixed in the form of mordanting, printing, or a reactive dye having a reactive group introduced. Among these, it is preferable that the mordanting is performed.
<その他のインク>
 フルカラーの画像などを形成するために、本発明のインクを、本発明のインクとは別の色調を有するインクと組み合わせて用いることができる。本発明のインクは、例えば、ブラックインク、シアンインク、マゼンタインク、イエローインク、レッドインク、グリーンインク及びブルーインクなどから選択される少なくともいずれか1種のインクと共に用いられることが好ましい。また、これらのインクと実質的に同一の色調を有する、所謂淡インクを更に組み合わせて用いることもできる。これらのインク又は淡インクの水溶性染料は、公知の染料であっても、新規に合成された水溶性染料であっても用いることができる。
<Other inks>
In order to form a full-color image or the like, the ink of the present invention can be used in combination with an ink having a color tone different from that of the ink of the present invention. The ink of the present invention is preferably used together with at least one kind of ink selected from, for example, black ink, cyan ink, magenta ink, yellow ink, red ink, green ink, and blue ink. Further, a so-called light ink having substantially the same color tone as these inks can be used in combination. The water-soluble dye of these inks or light inks may be a known dye or a newly synthesized water-soluble dye.
 以下に、実施例に基づいて本発明を更に具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
(合成例1)
 本発明に用いられる化合物(1)-1は、例えば下記合成ルートから誘導することができる。
 化合物(1)-1(M:Li/Na≒90/10(mol/mol))の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 1)
Compound (1) -1 used in the present invention can be derived from, for example, the following synthetic route.
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -1 (M: Li / Na≈90 / 10 (mol / mol)) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(1-1)化合物(A)-2の合成:
 化合物(A)-1は国際公開第2012/127758号パンフレット記載の方法にて合成した。化合物(A)-1 5.0gをアセトン75mLに溶解し、氷冷して内温を10℃以下にした。ここに、無水マレイン酸2.23gを添加して30分間攪拌した後、室温にて1時間攪拌した。析出している結晶を濾過、アセトンでかけ洗いして、化合物(A)-2を6.5g得た。得られた化合物(A)-2のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)6.32(1H,d),6.49(1H,d),6.49(1H,s),7.26(2H,s),7.51(2H,d),7.68(2H,d),10.49(1H,s)
(1-1) Synthesis of Compound (A) -2:
Compound (A) -1 was synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2012/127758. Compound (A) -1 (5.0 g) was dissolved in acetone (75 mL), and ice-cooled to adjust the internal temperature to 10 ° C. or lower. The maleic anhydride 2.23g was added here, and it stirred for 30 minutes, Then, it stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated crystals were filtered and washed with acetone to obtain 6.5 g of Compound (A) -2. The NMR measurement results of the obtained compound (A) -2 are as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 6.32 (1H, d), 6.49 (1H, d), 6.49 (1H, s), 7.26 (2H, s) 7.51 (2H, d), 7.68 (2H, d), 10.49 (1H, s)
(1-2)化合物(A)-4の合成:
 化合物(A)-3は国際公開第2010/041065号パンフレット記載の方法にて合成した。化合物(A)-3 3.67gを水73gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸4.2mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて30%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を2.54mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。
 別に、化合物(A)-2 3gをメタノール60mLに懸濁させ、酢酸リチウム3gを加えた。氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。その際、pHが5以上になるように酢酸リチウムを適宜添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、pHが1以下になるまで塩酸を添加した。析出している固体を濾過し、2Nの塩酸でかけ洗いした後、水10mLでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-4を5.8g得た。
(1-2) Synthesis of Compound (A) -4:
Compound (A) -3 was synthesized by the method described in WO2010 / 041065. 3.67 g of compound (A) -3 was suspended in 73 g of water, and 50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to adjust the pH to 8. The mixture was ice-cooled, 4.2 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 2.54 mL of 30% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour, then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution.
Separately, 3 g of compound (A) -2 was suspended in 60 mL of methanol, and 3 g of lithium acetate was added. The internal temperature was adjusted to 10 ° C. or lower by cooling with ice, and the above diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. At that time, lithium acetate was appropriately added so that the pH was 5 or more. After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was 1 or less. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with 2N hydrochloric acid, rinsed with 10 mL of water, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 5.8 g of Compound (A) -4.
(1-3)化合物(1)-1の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-4 4.8g、化合物(A)-5 4.5gを水120gに懸濁し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.4gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、更に塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-1 3.5gを得た。測定した化合物(1)-1のH NMR(H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz))を図2に示す。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-1に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は625nmだった。
(1-3) Synthesis of compound (1) -1:
4.8 g of the obtained compound (A) -4 and 4.5 g of compound (A) -5 were suspended in 120 g of water, and the temperature was raised to an internal temperature of 35 ° C. 1.4 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH is adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using a 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, further lithium chloride is added, the precipitated solid is filtered, washed with isopropanol, and compound (1) -1 3.5 g was obtained. The measured 1 H NMR ( 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz)) of Compound (1) -1 is shown in FIG.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -1 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 625 nm.
(合成例2)
 化合物(1)-2(M:Li/Na≒90/10(mol/mol))の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 2)
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -2 (M: Li / Na≈90 / 10 (mol / mol)) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(2-1)化合物(A)-7の合成:
 化合物(A)-6は国際公開第2012/127758号パンフレット記載の方法にて合成した。化合物(A)-6 5.0gをアセトン75mLに溶解し、氷冷して内温を10℃以下にした。ここに、無水マレイン酸2.23gを添加して30分間攪拌した後、室温にて1時間攪拌した。析出している結晶を濾過、アセトンでかけ洗いして、化合物(A)-7を6.5g得た。得られた化合物(A)-7のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)6.32(1H,d),6.48(1H,d),6.92(1H,s),7.04(2H,s),7.62(2H,d),7.75(2H,d),10.45(1H,s)
(2-1) Synthesis of compound (A) -7:
Compound (A) -6 was synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2012/127758. Compound (A) -6 (5.0 g) was dissolved in acetone (75 mL), and the mixture was cooled with ice to bring the internal temperature to 10 ° C. or lower. The maleic anhydride 2.23g was added here, and it stirred for 30 minutes, Then, it stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated crystals were filtered and washed with acetone to obtain 6.5 g of Compound (A) -7. The NMR measurement results of the obtained compound (A) -7 are as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 6.32 (1H, d), 6.48 (1H, d), 6.92 (1H, s), 7.04 (2H, s) , 7.62 (2H, d), 7.75 (2H, d), 10.45 (1H, s)
(2-2)化合物(A)-8の合成:
 化合物(A)-3 3.81gを水76gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸4.2mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて30%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を2.63mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。
 別に、化合物(A)-7 2.9gをメタノール60mLに懸濁させ、酢酸リチウム5gを加えた。氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。その際、pHが5以上になるように酢酸リチウムを適宜添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、pHが1以下になるまで塩酸を添加した。析出している固体を濾過し、2Nの塩酸でかけ洗いした後、水10mLでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-8を5.5g得た。
(2-2) Synthesis of Compound (A) -8:
Compound (A) -3 (3.81 g) was suspended in water (76 g), and 50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to adjust the pH to 8. The mixture was ice-cooled, 4.2 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 2.63 mL of 30% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour, then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution.
Separately, 2.9 g of compound (A) -7 was suspended in 60 mL of methanol, and 5 g of lithium acetate was added. The internal temperature was adjusted to 10 ° C. or lower by cooling with ice, and the above diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. At that time, lithium acetate was appropriately added so that the pH was 5 or more. After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was 1 or less. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with 2N hydrochloric acid, rinsed with 10 mL of water, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 5.5 g of Compound (A) -8.
(2-3)化合物(1)-2の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-8 4g、化合物(A)-5 4.3gを水120gに懸濁し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.4gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、更に塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-2 2.8gを得た。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-2に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は627nmだった。
(2-3) Synthesis of Compound (1) -2:
4 g of the obtained compound (A) -8 and 4.3 g of compound (A) -5 were suspended in 120 g of water, and the internal temperature was raised to 35 ° C. 1.4 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH is adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using a 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, further lithium chloride is added, the precipitated solid is filtered, washed with isopropanol, and compound (1) -2.8 g were obtained.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -2 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 627 nm.
(合成例3)
 化合物(1)-3(M:Li/Na≒80/20(mol/mol))の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 3)
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -3 (M: Li / Na≈80 / 20 (mol / mol)) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(3-1)化合物(A)-9の合成:
 化合物(A)-1 10.0gをジメチルアセチルアミド100mLに溶解し、氷冷して内温を-5℃以下にした。ここに、クロロ酢酸クロリド4.2gをゆっくり添加して-10℃にて30分間攪拌した後、水600mLを加えた。析出している結晶を濾過、アセトンでかけ洗いして、化合物(A)-9を10.8g得た。得られた化合物(A)-9のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)4.27(2H,s),6.49(1H,s),7.30(2H,s),7.51(2H,d),7.64(2H,d),10.41(1H,s)
(3-1) Synthesis of Compound (A) -9:
10.0 g of compound (A) -1 was dissolved in 100 mL of dimethylacetylamide, and ice-cooled to bring the internal temperature to −5 ° C. or lower. To this, 4.2 g of chloroacetic chloride was slowly added and stirred at −10 ° C. for 30 minutes, and then 600 mL of water was added. The precipitated crystals were filtered and washed with acetone to obtain 10.8 g of Compound (A) -9. The NMR measurement results of the obtained compound (A) -9 are as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 4.27 (2H, s), 6.49 (1H, s), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.51 (2H, d) , 7.64 (2H, d), 10.41 (1H, s)
(3-2)化合物(A)-10の合成:
 化合物(A)-9 5gをジメチルスルホキシド50mLに溶解させ、室温にて攪拌した。ここにチオフェノール2.8gを滴下し、更に炭酸水素ナトリウム2.16gを加え、内温が50℃になるように昇温した。同温度にて1時間半攪拌した後、水150mLを加え、室温にて30分間攪拌した。析出している固体を濾過し、水で十分にかけ洗いして、化合物(A)-10のチオフェノール塩を7.7g得た。得られた化合物(A)-10のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)3.88(2H,s),6.47(1H,s),7.21-7.52(14H,m),7.61(2H,d),10.31(1H,s)
(3-2) Synthesis of compound (A) -10:
5 g of compound (A) -9 was dissolved in 50 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide and stirred at room temperature. The thiophenol 2.8g was dripped here, and also sodium hydrogencarbonate 2.16g was added, and it heated up so that internal temperature might be 50 degreeC. After stirring at the same temperature for 1.5 hours, 150 mL of water was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered and thoroughly washed with water to obtain 7.7 g of a thiophenol salt of compound (A) -10. The NMR measurement result of the obtained compound (A) -10 is as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 3.88 (2H, s), 6.47 (1H, s), 7.21-7.52 (14H, m), 7.61 ( 2H, d), 10.31 (1H, s)
(3-3)化合物(A)-11の合成:
 化合物(A)-3 3.22gを水76gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸3.6mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて10%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を6.7mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。別に、化合物(A)-10 4gをメタノール120mL、ジメチルスルホキシド12mLに懸濁させ、酢酸リチウム4gを加えた。氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。その際、pHが5以上になるように酢酸リチウムを適宜添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、pHが1以下になるまで塩酸を添加した。析出している固体を濾過し、2Nの塩酸でかけ洗いした後、酢酸エチル100mLでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-11を4.5g得た。
(3-3) Synthesis of Compound (A) -11:
Compound (A) -3 3.22g was suspended in water 76g, 50% NaOH aqueous solution was added, and it was made pH 8, and was dissolved. The mixture was ice-cooled, 3.6 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 6.7 mL of a 10% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was dropped and stirred for 1 hour, and then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution. Separately, 4 g of compound (A) -10 was suspended in 120 mL of methanol and 12 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide, and 4 g of lithium acetate was added. The internal temperature was adjusted to 10 ° C. or lower by cooling with ice, and the above diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. At that time, lithium acetate was appropriately added so that the pH was 5 or more. After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was 1 or less. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with 2N hydrochloric acid, rinsed with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 4.5 g of Compound (A) -11.
(3-4)化合物(1)-3の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-11 4g、化合物(A)-5 4.3gを水120gに懸濁し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.4gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、更に塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-3 1.9gを得た。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-3に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は621nmだった。
(3-4) Synthesis of compound (1) -3:
4 g of the obtained compound (A) -11 and 4.3 g of compound (A) -5 were suspended in 120 g of water, and the internal temperature was raised to 35 ° C. 1.4 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH is adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using a 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, further lithium chloride is added, the precipitated solid is filtered, washed with isopropanol, and compound (1) -3 1.9 g was obtained.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -3 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 621 nm.
(合成例4)
 化合物(1)-5(M:Li/Na≒70/30(mol/mol))の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 4)
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -5 (M: Li / Na≈70 / 30 (mol / mol)) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(4-1)化合物(A)-12の合成:
 化合物(A)-1 10gをジメチルアセトアミド100mLに溶解させ、氷冷して内温を-5℃にした。ここに塩化シアヌル10.5gを内温が0℃以下になるように分割して添加した。内温0℃以下で3時間攪拌し、水100mLを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、水で十分にかけ洗い、化合物(A)-12を14.5g得た。
(4-1) Synthesis of compound (A) -12:
Compound (A) -1 (10 g) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (100 mL), and ice-cooled to adjust the internal temperature to −5 ° C. Cyanuric chloride (10.5 g) was added in portions so that the internal temperature was 0 ° C. or lower. The mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 0 ° C. or lower for 3 hours, 100 mL of water was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered and thoroughly washed with water to obtain 14.5 g of Compound (A) -12.
(4-2)化合物(A)-13の合成:
 化合物(A)-12 5gをジメチルスルホキシド50mLに溶解させ、ここに3-メルカプトプロパンスルホン酸ナトリウム6.2gを室温にて加えた。炭酸カリウム4.8gを加えた後、内温を55℃に昇温して1時間攪拌した。室温まで冷却し、析出している固体を濾別し、得られた濾液にイソプロパノール300mLを加えた。析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールで十分にかけ洗いを行い、40℃で乾燥させることで、化合物(A)-13を6.8g得た。得られた化合物(A)-13のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)1.96-2.00(4H,m),2.49-2.58(4H,m),3.18-3.22(4H,m),6.51(1H,s),7.20(2H,s),7.52(2H,d),7.70(2H,d),10.25(1H,s)
(4-2) Synthesis of Compound (A) -13:
5 g of compound (A) -12 was dissolved in 50 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide, and 6.2 g of sodium 3-mercaptopropanesulfonate was added thereto at room temperature. After adding 4.8 g of potassium carbonate, the internal temperature was raised to 55 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered off, and 300 mL of isopropanol was added to the obtained filtrate. The precipitated solid was filtered, thoroughly washed with isopropanol, and dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 6.8 g of Compound (A) -13. The NMR measurement result of the obtained compound (A) -13 is as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 1.96-2.00 (4H, m), 2.49-2.58 (4H, m), 3.18-3.22 (4H M), 6.51 (1H, s), 7.20 (2H, s), 7.52 (2H, d), 7.70 (2H, d), 10.25 (1H, s)
(4-3)化合物(A)-14の合成:
 化合物(A)-3 3.67gを水73gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸4.2mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて30%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を2.54mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。
 別に、化合物(A)-13 6.5gを水100mLに溶解させ、氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、イソプロパノール600mLを加えた。析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-14を7.1g得た。
(4-3) Synthesis of Compound (A) -14:
3.67 g of compound (A) -3 was suspended in 73 g of water, and 50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to adjust the pH to 8. The mixture was ice-cooled, 4.2 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 2.54 mL of 30% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour, then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution.
Separately, 6.5 g of compound (A) -13 was dissolved in 100 mL of water and cooled with ice to lower the internal temperature to 10 ° C. or below, and the above-described diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. . After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then 600 mL of isopropanol was added. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with isopropanol, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 7.1 g of Compound (A) -14.
(4-4)化合物(1)-5の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-14 4g、化合物(A)-5 4gを水120gに溶解し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.4gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、イソプロパノール600mLを加え、デカンテーションにより上澄み液を除去し、水100mLに溶解した。塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-5 2.8gを得た。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-5に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は630nmだった。
(4-4) Synthesis of compound (1) -5:
4 g of the obtained compound (A) -14 and 4 g of compound (A) -5 were dissolved in 120 g of water, and the internal temperature was raised to 35 ° C. 1.4 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH was adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using 4N lithium hydroxide aqueous solution, 600 mL of isopropanol was added, the supernatant was removed by decantation, and dissolved in 100 mL of water. Lithium chloride was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with isopropanol to obtain 2.8 g of Compound (1) -5.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -5 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 630 nm.
(合成例5)
 化合物(1)-6(M:Li)の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 5)
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -6 (M: Li) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(5-1)化合物(A)-15の合成:
 化合物(A)-9 2.9gをジメチルアセトアミド90mLに溶解させ、ここに3,6-ジチア‐1,8-オクタンジオールと5.5g加え、炭酸カリウムを2.8g加え、50℃に加熱し3時間攪拌した。室温に冷却し、(A)-15のジメチルアセトアミド溶液を得た。
(5-1) Synthesis of Compound (A) -15:
Dissolve 2.9 g of compound (A) -9 in 90 mL of dimethylacetamide, add 5.5 g of 3,6-dithia-1,8-octanediol, add 2.8 g of potassium carbonate, and heat to 50 ° C. Stir for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, a dimethylacetamide solution of (A) -15 was obtained.
(5-2)化合物(A)-16の合成:
 化合物(A)-3 3.67gを水73gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸4.2mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて30%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を2.54mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。
 上述の(A)-15のジメチルアセトアミド溶液を、氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、pHが1以下になるまで塩酸を添加した。析出している固体を濾過し、2Nの塩酸でかけ洗いした後、酢酸エチル100mLでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-16を5.6g得た。
(5-2) Synthesis of Compound (A) -16:
3.67 g of compound (A) -3 was suspended in 73 g of water, and 50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to adjust the pH to 8. The mixture was ice-cooled, 4.2 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 2.54 mL of 30% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour, then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution.
The above dimethylacetamide solution of (A) -15 was ice-cooled to an internal temperature of 10 ° C. or lower, and the above diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was 1 or less. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with 2N hydrochloric acid, rinsed with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 5.6 g of Compound (A) -16.
(5-3)化合物(1)-6の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-16 4g、化合物(A)-5 4gを水120gに溶解し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.5gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、更に塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-6 2.4gを得た。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-6に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は625nmだった。
(5-3) Synthesis of Compound (1) -6:
4 g of the obtained compound (A) -16 and 4 g of compound (A) -5 were dissolved in 120 g of water, and the internal temperature was raised to 35 ° C. 1.5 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH is adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using a 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, further lithium chloride is added, the precipitated solid is filtered, washed with isopropanol, and compound (1) -6 2.4 g was obtained.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -6 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 625 nm.
(合成例6)
 化合物(1)-16(M:Li/Na≒95/5(mol/mol))の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 6)
A synthesis scheme of compound (1) -16 (M: Li / Na≈95 / 5 (mol / mol)) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(6-1)化合物(A)-20の合成:
 4’-ニトロアセトフェノン16.5gをジメチルアセトアミド83mLに溶解し、アリルアルコール22.4g、炭酸カリウム13.9gを加え、70℃にて5時間攪拌した。水200mLを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、化合物(A)-18の粗体を14.2g得た。得られた化合物(A)-18 14.2gをイソプロパノール70mLに溶解し、酢酸アンモニアを6.0g、酢酸を5.5g、マロノニトリル6.4gを加え、80℃にて4時間攪拌した。室温まで冷却した後、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノール20mLでかけ洗い、化合物(A)-19の粗体を11.3g得た。
 得られた化合物(A)-19 11.3gをイソプロパノール50mLに懸濁させ、硫黄を1.6g添加し、トリエチルアミン2.6gを加え、内温80℃に昇温して8時間同温度にて攪拌した。内温10℃まで冷却し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した。析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノール50mLでかけ洗いした。得られた固体をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=2:1)で精製し、化合物(A)-20を5.5g得た。
(6-1) Synthesis of Compound (A) -20:
16.5 g of 4′-nitroacetophenone was dissolved in 83 mL of dimethylacetamide, 22.4 g of allyl alcohol and 13.9 g of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours. 200 mL of water was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered to obtain 14.2 g of a crude compound (A) -18. 14.2 g of the obtained compound (A) -18 was dissolved in 70 mL of isopropanol, 6.0 g of ammonia acetate, 5.5 g of acetic acid and 6.4 g of malononitrile were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with 20 mL of isopropanol to obtain 11.3 g of a crude product of compound (A) -19.
11.3 g of the obtained compound (A) -19 was suspended in 50 mL of isopropanol, 1.6 g of sulfur was added, 2.6 g of triethylamine was added, the internal temperature was raised to 80 ° C., and the same temperature was maintained for 8 hours. Stir. The mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 10 ° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with 50 mL of isopropanol. The obtained solid was purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1) to obtain 5.5 g of compound (A) -20.
(6-2)化合物(A)-21の合成:
 化合物(A)-3 3.81gを水76gに懸濁し、50%のNaOH水溶液を加え、pH8にして溶解させた。氷冷して5℃以下にて塩酸4.2mLを加え、同温度にて30分間攪拌した。同温度にて30%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を2.63mL滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、尿素0.1gを加えて5分間攪拌し、ジアゾニウム塩溶液を得た。
 別に、化合物(A)-20 2.6gをメタノール60mLに懸濁させ、酢酸リチウム4gを加えた。氷冷して内温を10℃以下にし、ここに上述のジアゾニウム塩溶液を内温が10℃以下になるように添加した。その際、pHが5以上になるように酢酸リチウムを適宜添加した。ジアゾニウム塩溶液を添加後、室温に昇温し、同温度にて1時間攪拌した後、pHが1以下になるまで塩酸を添加した。析出している固体を濾過し、2Nの塩酸でかけ洗いした後、水10mLでかけ洗いし、50℃で12時間乾燥させ、化合物(A)-21を3.3g得た。
(6-2) Synthesis of Compound (A) -21:
Compound (A) -3 (3.81 g) was suspended in water (76 g), and 50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to adjust the pH to 8. The mixture was ice-cooled, 4.2 mL of hydrochloric acid was added at 5 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. At the same temperature, 2.63 mL of a 30% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour, and then 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred for 5 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution.
Separately, 2.6 g of compound (A) -20 was suspended in 60 mL of methanol, and 4 g of lithium acetate was added. The internal temperature was adjusted to 10 ° C. or lower by cooling with ice, and the above diazonium salt solution was added thereto so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. At that time, lithium acetate was appropriately added so that the pH was 5 or more. After adding the diazonium salt solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour, and then hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was 1 or less. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with 2N hydrochloric acid, rinsed with 10 mL of water, and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 3.3 g of Compound (A) -21.
(6-3)化合物(1)-16の合成:
 得られた化合物(A)-21 3.3g、化合物(A)-5 3.7gを水90gに懸濁し、内温35℃に昇温した。亜硝酸イソアミル1.4gを30分かけて滴下した。昇温して40℃にて1時間攪拌した。反応終了後、4Nの水酸化リチウム水溶液を用いてpHが8~8.5になるように調整し、更に塩化リチウムを加え、析出している固体を濾過し、イソプロパノールでかけ洗い、化合物(1)-16 1.1gを得た。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(1)-16に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は615nmだった。
(6-3) Synthesis of compound (1) -16:
The obtained compound (A) -21 3.3 g and compound (A) -5 3.7 g were suspended in water 90 g, and the internal temperature was raised to 35 ° C. 1.4 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The temperature was raised and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the pH is adjusted to 8 to 8.5 using a 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, further lithium chloride is added, the precipitated solid is filtered, washed with isopropanol, and compound (1) -16 1.1 g was obtained.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (1) -16 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 615 nm.
(合成例7)
化合物(2)-1の合成:
 化合物(1)-1の合成において、化合物(A)-3に変えて3-アミノ-1,5-ナフタレンジスルホン酸モノナトリウムを用いて同様にして化合物(2)-1を合成した。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(2)-1に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は610nmだった。
(Synthesis Example 7)
Synthesis of compound (2) -1:
In the synthesis of compound (1) -1, compound (2) -1 was synthesized in the same manner using monoamino 3-amino-1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate instead of compound (A) -3.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (2) -1 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 610 nm.
(合成例8)
化合物(2)-3の合成:
 化合物(1)-3の合成において、化合物(A)-3に変えて7-アミノナフタレン-1,3,5-トリスルホン酸モノナトリウムを用いて同様にして化合物(2)-3を合成した。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(2)-3に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は618nmだった。
(Synthesis Example 8)
Synthesis of compound (2) -3:
Compound (2) -3 was synthesized in the same manner by using monosodium 7-aminonaphthalene-1,3,5-trisulfonate instead of compound (A) -3 in the synthesis of compound (1) -3. .
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (2) -3 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 618 nm.
(合成例9)
化合物(3)-1の合成:
 化合物(1)-1の合成において、化合物(A)-3に変えて2-アミノベンゾニトリルを用いて同様にして化合物(3)-1を合成した。
 LC-MSの結果、化合物(3)-1に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は598nmだった。
(Synthesis Example 9)
Synthesis of compound (3) -1:
Compound (3) -1 was synthesized in the same manner by using 2-aminobenzonitrile instead of compound (A) -3 in the synthesis of compound (1) -1.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to compound (3) -1 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 598 nm.
(合成例10)
 比較例(1)-1の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 10)
A synthesis scheme of Comparative Example (1) -1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 化合物(1)-1の合成において化合物(A)-2の代わりに欧州特許出願公開第2712894号明細書記載の化合物(A)-22を用いて同様にして合成を行い、比較例(1)-1を得た。
 LC-MSの結果、比較例(1)-1に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は627nmだった。
In the synthesis of Compound (1) -1, synthesis was carried out in the same manner using Compound (A) -22 described in EP-A-2721894 instead of Compound (A) -2, and Comparative Example (1) -1 was obtained.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to Comparative Example (1) -1 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 627 nm.
(合成例11)
 比較例(1)-2の合成スキームを下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 11)
A synthesis scheme of Comparative Example (1) -2 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 化合物(A)-1 5gをアセトニトリル75mLに懸濁させ、内温を5℃まで冷却した。ここに3-フェニルプロピオニルクロリド4.1gを内温が10℃以下になるように滴下した。ピリジン1.9gを内温が10℃以下になるように滴下し、内温5℃にて2時間攪拌した。水200mLに反応液を注ぎいれ、析出している固体を濾過し、水で十分にかけ洗いし、化合物(A)-24を8.5g得た。得られた化合物(A)-24のNMR測定結果は以下の通りである。H NMR(400MHz in DMSO-d6;δppm;J Hz)2.64(2H,t),2.92(2H,t),6.45(1H,s),7.16-7.31(5H,m),7.47(2H,d),7.62(2H,d),10.01(1H,s) 5 g of compound (A) -1 was suspended in 75 mL of acetonitrile, and the internal temperature was cooled to 5 ° C. To this, 4.1 g of 3-phenylpropionyl chloride was added dropwise so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. 1.9 g of pyridine was added dropwise so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 5 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 200 mL of water, and the precipitated solid was filtered and thoroughly washed with water to obtain 8.5 g of Compound (A) -24. The NMR measurement result of the obtained compound (A) -24 is as follows. 1 H NMR (400 MHz in DMSO-d6; δ ppm; J Hz) 2.64 (2H, t), 2.92 (2H, t), 6.45 (1H, s), 7.16-7.31 ( 5H, m), 7.47 (2H, d), 7.62 (2H, d), 10.01 (1H, s)
 化合物(1)-3の合成において、化合物(A)-10の代わりに化合物(A)-24を用いて同様にして合成を行い、比較例(1)-2を得た。
 LC-MSの結果、比較例(1)-2に相当するピークが検出された。粉体20mgを水1000mLに溶解した際のUVスペクトルを測定したところ、極大吸収波長は615nmだった。
In the synthesis of compound (1) -3, synthesis was carried out in the same manner using compound (A) -24 instead of compound (A) -10, to obtain Comparative Example (1) -2.
As a result of LC-MS, a peak corresponding to Comparative Example (1) -2 was detected. When the UV spectrum when 20 mg of the powder was dissolved in 1000 mL of water was measured, the maximum absorption wavelength was 615 nm.
 以下に本願にて比較例として用いた化合物を示す。下記比較例化合物中、Mは特に限定するものではないが、水素原子、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、4級アンモニウム塩、又はそれらの混合物を表す。 The compounds used as comparative examples in the present application are shown below. In the following comparative example compounds, M is not particularly limited, but represents a hydrogen atom, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, a quaternary ammonium salt, or a mixture thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
〔実施例1〕
 下記組成に基づき、各成分を常温において30分間攪拌した後、得られた溶液を目開き1.0μmのメンブランフィルターを用いて濾過することにより、インク組成物を得た。また、各成分の数値はインク組成物の質量を100%とした場合の各成分の質量%を示し、更に水の量を示す「残り」は水以外の成分とあわせて合計100%になる量を示す。
[Example 1]
Based on the following composition, each component was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the obtained solution was filtered using a membrane filter having an opening of 1.0 μm to obtain an ink composition. In addition, the numerical value of each component indicates the mass% of each component when the mass of the ink composition is 100%, and the “remaining” indicating the amount of water is an amount that is 100% in total with the components other than water. Indicates.
(インク組成)
・一般式(1)の水溶性染料:化合物(1)-1:6%
・グリセリン:8%
・エチレングリコール:3%
・ジエチレングリコール:5%
・2-ピロリドン:5%
・エチレン尿素:2%
・オルフィンE1010(アセチレン系、日信化学工業株式会社製):1%
・超純水:残り
(Ink composition)
Water-soluble dye of general formula (1): Compound (1) -1: 6%
・ Glycerin: 8%
・ Ethylene glycol: 3%
・ Diethylene glycol: 5%
・ 2-pyrrolidone: 5%
・ Ethyleneurea: 2%
・ Orphine E1010 (acetylene, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 1%
・ Ultra pure water: the rest
〔実施例2~18、及び比較例1~6〕
 染料を下記表1に示すように変更した以外は、実施例1のインク組成物の調製と同様にして、実施例2~18及び比較例1~6のインク組成物を調製した。
[Examples 2 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6]
Ink compositions of Examples 2 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the ink composition of Example 1, except that the dyes were changed as shown in Table 1 below.
 (画像記録及び評価)
 上記のインク組成物をキヤノン社製インクジェットプリンター(商品名:PIXUS iP8600)のブラック用インクカートリッジに装填し、富士フイルム(株)製インクジェットペーパー「画彩」写真仕上げにODが1.0付近となるように印画物を作成した。ODはX-rite310TR(エックスライト社製)にて測定した。得られた印画物について下記の評価を行った。
(Image recording and evaluation)
The above ink composition is loaded into a black ink cartridge of a Canon ink jet printer (trade name: PIXUS iP8600), and an OD of about 1.0 is obtained for Fujifilm's ink jet paper “paint” photo finish. The printed matter was created as follows. OD was measured with X-rite 310TR (manufactured by X-Rite). The following evaluation was performed about the obtained printed matter.
(1)耐オゾン性
 耐オゾン性については、印画直後の濃度Ciを測定した後、オゾンガス濃度が5ppmに設定されたボックス内に、試料を72時間放置し、オゾンガス下放置前後の濃度をX-rite310TR(エックスライト社製)にて濃度Cfを測定し、残存率=Cf/Ci×100を求め評価した。ボックス内のオゾンガス濃度は、APPLICS製オゾンガスモニター(モデル:OZG-EM-01)を用いて設定した。
 残存率が80%以上をA、80%未満70%以上をB、70%未満をCとして評価した。
(1) Ozone resistance For ozone resistance, after measuring the concentration Ci immediately after printing, leave the sample in a box where the ozone gas concentration is set to 5 ppm for 72 hours. The concentration Cf was measured with rite310TR (manufactured by X-Rite), and the residual ratio = Cf / Ci × 100 was determined and evaluated. The ozone gas concentration in the box was set using an ozone gas monitor (model: OZG-EM-01) manufactured by APPLICS.
The residual ratio was evaluated as A when the residual ratio was 80% or more, B as less than 80% and 70% or more as C, and C as less than 70%.
(2)初期耐オゾン性
 上述の耐オゾン性試験において、12時間放置後の残存率が95%以上をA、90%以上95%未満をB、90%未満をCとして評価した
(2) Initial ozone resistance In the above-mentioned ozone resistance test, the residual ratio after standing for 12 hours was evaluated as A for 95% or more, B for 90% to less than 95%, and C for less than 90%.
(3)色変化
 上述の初期耐オゾン性試験において、色相が目視にて変化が無いものをA、目視で変色が確認されるものをBとして評価した。
(3) Color change In the above-mentioned initial ozone resistance test, A was evaluated when the hue did not change visually, and B was evaluated when the color change was confirmed visually.
(4)耐光性
 耐光性はアトラス社製ウェザーメーターを用い画像にキセノン光(9万5000ルックス)を6日照射した。試験前後のODをX-rite310TR(エックスライト社製)にて測定し、残存率を求め評価した。
 残存率が80%以上をA、80%未満70%以上をB、70%未満をCとして評価した。
(4) Light resistance Light resistance was obtained by irradiating images with xenon light (95,000 lux) for 6 days using a weather meter manufactured by Atlas. The OD before and after the test was measured with X-rite 310TR (manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.), and the residual ratio was determined and evaluated.
The residual ratio was evaluated as A when the residual ratio was 80% or more, B as less than 80% and 70% or more as C, and C as less than 70%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 以上の結果から、本発明の水溶性染料を用いることにより、耐オゾン性、特に初期段階の耐オゾン性が高く、色変わりが小さく、しかも耐光性にも優れた画像を形成することができることが分かった。 From the above results, it can be seen that by using the water-soluble dye of the present invention, it is possible to form an image having excellent ozone resistance, particularly ozone resistance at the initial stage, small color change, and excellent light resistance. It was.
 本発明のインク組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、及びアゾ化合物は、耐オゾン性(特に初期の耐オゾン性)に優れ、色変化が小さく、かつ耐光性にも優れた画像を形成することができる。 The ink composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, and azo compound of the present invention form an image having excellent ozone resistance (particularly, initial ozone resistance), small color change, and excellent light resistance. can do.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2014年9月16日出願の日本特許出願(特願2014-188247)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on September 16, 2014 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-188247), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (9)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料を含有するインク組成物。
     一般式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(1)中、
     Aは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。
     Gは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表す。
     Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Lは連結基を表す。
     nは0、1又は2を表す。
     Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
     Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはL又はLと環を形成していても良い。
     mは1又は2を表す。
     Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。
    An ink composition containing a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (1).
    General formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In general formula (1),
    A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
    G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
    L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    L 2 represents a linking group.
    n represents 0, 1 or 2.
    L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
    R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
    m represents 1 or 2.
    Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
  2.  前記Lが以下の群Lから選ばれる基を表す請求項1に記載のインク組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式中、R、R、R、R、及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
    The ink composition according to claim 1, wherein L 3 represents a group selected from the following group L 3 .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In the formula, R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  3.  一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料におけるLが以下の群L’から選ばれる連結基を表す請求項1又は2に記載のインク組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式中、*はフェニル基との連結位置を表し、**はLとの連結位置を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    The ink composition according to claim 1, wherein L 1 in the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 ′.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In the formula, * represents a connecting position with a phenyl group, and ** represents a connecting position with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  4.  一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料におけるLが以下の群L’から選ばれる基を表す請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。kは0~3の整数を表す。pは1~6の整数を表す。
    The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein L 3 in the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) represents a group selected from the following group L 3 '.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In the formula, R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 3. p represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  5.  前記一般式(1)で表される水溶性染料が、下記一般式(2)で表される水溶性染料である請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
     一般式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     一般式(2)中、
     X、X、X、X、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。
     一般式(2)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは前記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。
    The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) is a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (2).
    General formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In general formula (2),
    X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
    G in formula (2) in, L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3, m, and M is G in formula (1), L 1, L 2, n , L 3, R 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  6.  前記一般式(1)又は一般式(2)で表される水溶性染料が、下記一般式(3)で表される水溶性染料である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。
     一般式(3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     一般式(3)中、G、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMは前記一般式(1)中のG、L、L、n、L、R、m、及びMと同義である。
    The ink according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the water-soluble dye represented by the general formula (1) or the general formula (2) is a water-soluble dye represented by the following general formula (3). Composition.
    General formula (3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In the general formula (3), G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R 3 , m, and M are G, L 1 , L 2 , n, L 3 , R in the general formula (1). 3 Synonymous with m and M.
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物を含有するインクジェット記録用インク。 An ink for ink-jet recording containing the ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8.  請求項7に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いるインクジェット記録方法。 An ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording according to claim 7.
  9.  下記一般式(1)で表される化合物。
     一般式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

     一般式(1)中、
     Aは置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の含窒素5員ヘテロ環基を表す。
     Gは窒素原子又は-C(R)=を表す。Rは、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又はシアノ基を表す。
     Lは以下の群Lから選ばれる連結基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

     式中、*はフェニル基との結合手を表し、**はLとの結合手を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Lは連結基を表す。
     nは0、1又は2を表す。
     Lはオゾン褪色防止基を表す。
     Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。RはL又はLと環を形成していても良い。
     mは1又は2を表す。
     Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。
    A compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    General formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    In general formula (1),
    A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group.
    G represents a nitrogen atom or —C (R 2 ) ═. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a cyano group.
    L 1 represents a linking group selected from the following group L 1 .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    In the formula, * represents a bond with a phenyl group, and ** represents a bond with L 2 . R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    L 2 represents a linking group.
    n represents 0, 1 or 2.
    L 3 represents an ozone fading preventing group.
    R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 3 may form a ring with L 2 or L 3 .
    m represents 1 or 2.
    Each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.
PCT/JP2015/073619 2014-09-16 2015-08-21 Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, inkjet printing method, and azo compound WO2016042977A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014188247 2014-09-16
JP2014-188247 2014-09-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016042977A1 true WO2016042977A1 (en) 2016-03-24

Family

ID=55533019

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/073619 WO2016042977A1 (en) 2014-09-16 2015-08-21 Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, inkjet printing method, and azo compound

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2016042977A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016136562A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Azo compound, coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge and inkjet recorded matter

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009263513A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-11-12 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Azo compound, ink composition, recording method, and colored material
JP2012177074A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-09-13 Fujifilm Corp Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet-recorded matter
EP2712894A1 (en) * 2012-09-26 2014-04-02 Fujifilm Corporation Azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet recorded material

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009263513A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-11-12 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Azo compound, ink composition, recording method, and colored material
JP2012177074A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-09-13 Fujifilm Corp Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet-recorded matter
EP2712894A1 (en) * 2012-09-26 2014-04-02 Fujifilm Corporation Azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet recorded material

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016136562A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Azo compound, coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge and inkjet recorded matter

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5866150B2 (en) Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink cartridge for ink jet recording, and ink jet recorded matter
JP5836200B2 (en) Compound having xanthene skeleton, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, and ink jet recording method
JP5785799B2 (en) Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink cartridge for ink jet recording, and ink jet recorded matter
JP5802544B2 (en) Compound having xanthene skeleton, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, and ink jet recording method
JP5779495B2 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
WO2012127758A1 (en) Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, and inkjet printing method
JP2005146244A (en) Coloring composition and inkjet recording method
JP5656759B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording ink, and ink jet recording method
JP5779493B2 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
JP2007191650A (en) Ink composition, ink set, recording method, and recorded product by the same
JP2012193333A (en) Ink composition, inkjet recording ink and inkjet recording method
WO2015046077A1 (en) Compound having xanthene skeleton, colorant composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, and inkjet recording material
JP5818200B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording ink, and ink jet recording method
WO2016042977A1 (en) Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, inkjet printing method, and azo compound
JP5789503B2 (en) Phthalocyanine dye, coloring composition, inkjet ink, inkjet recording method, and phthalocyanine compound
JP5757805B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording ink, and ink jet recording method
JP2007084745A (en) Color composition and ink composition for ink-jet printing use
JP5757714B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording method using the same, and recorded matter
JP5639842B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording method using the same, and recorded matter
JP2007138125A (en) Ink composition, ink set, recording method, and product recorded by the same
JP2007197491A (en) Ink composition, method for recording and record with the same
JP2012177077A (en) Ink composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
JP2012177078A (en) Ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method
JP2007191652A (en) Ink composition, ink set, recording method and recorded matter using the same
JP2007197477A (en) Ink composition, ink set, recording method and recorded matter thereby

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15841416

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15841416

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1